Commit Graph

4225 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Steffen Maier
8c3d20aada scsi: zfcp: fix missing REC trigger trace for all objects in ERP_FAILED
That other commit introduced an inconsistency because it would trace on
ERP_FAILED for all callers of port forced reopen triggers (not just
terminate_rport_io), but it would not trace on ERP_FAILED for all callers of
other ERP triggers such as adapter, port regular, LUN.

Therefore, generalize that other commit. zfcp_erp_action_enqueue() already
had two early outs which re-used the one zfcp_dbf_rec_trig() call.  All ERP
trigger functions finally run through zfcp_erp_action_enqueue().  So move
the special handling for ZFCP_STATUS_COMMON_ERP_FAILED into
zfcp_erp_action_enqueue() and add another early out with new trace marker
for pseudo ERP need in this case. This removes all early returns from all
ERP trigger functions so we always end up at zfcp_dbf_rec_trig().

Example trace record formatted with zfcpdbf from s390-tools:

Timestamp      : ...
Area           : REC
Subarea        : 00
Level          : 1
Exception      : -
CPU ID         : ..
Caller         : 0x...
Record ID      : 1                      ZFCP_DBF_REC_TRIG
Tag            : .......
LUN            : 0x...
WWPN           : 0x...
D_ID           : 0x...
Adapter status : 0x...
Port status    : 0x...
LUN status     : 0x...
Ready count    : 0x...
Running count  : 0x...
ERP want       : 0x0.                   ZFCP_ERP_ACTION_REOPEN_...
ERP need       : 0xe0                   ZFCP_ERP_ACTION_FAILED

Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> #2.6.38+
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
2018-05-18 11:22:11 -04:00
Steffen Maier
d70aab5592 scsi: zfcp: fix missing REC trigger trace on terminate_rport_io for ERP_FAILED
For problem determination we always want to see when we were invoked on the
terminate_rport_io callback whether we perform something or not.

Temporal event sequence of interest with a long fast_io_fail_tmo of 27 sec:

loose remote port

t   workqueue
[s] zfcp_q_<dev>       IRQ                 zfcperp<dev>

=== ================== =================== ============================

  0                    recv RSCN
                       q p.test_link_work
    block rport
     start fast_io_fail_tmo
    send ADISC ELS
  4                    recv ADISC fail
                       block zfcp_port
                                           port forced reopen
                                           send open port
 12                    recv open port fail
                                           q p.gid_pn_work
                                           zfcp_erp_wakeup
                                           (zfcp_erp_wait would return)
    GID_PN fail

Before this point, we got a SCSI trace with tag "sctrpi1" on fast_io_fail,
e.g. with the typical 5 sec setting.

    port.status |= ERP_FAILED

If fast_io_fail_tmo triggers after this point, we missed a SCSI trace.

    workqueue
    fc_dl_<host>
    ==================
 27 fc_timeout_fail_rport_io
    fc_terminate_rport_io
    zfcp_scsi_terminate_rport_io
    zfcp_erp_port_forced_reopen
    _zfcp_erp_port_forced_reopen
     if (port.status & ERP_FAILED)
      return;

Therefore, write a trace before above early return.

Example trace record formatted with zfcpdbf from s390-tools:

Timestamp      : ...
Area           : REC
Subarea        : 00
Level          : 1
Exception      : -
CPU ID         : ..
Caller         : 0x...
Record ID      : 1                      ZFCP_DBF_REC_TRIG
Tag            : sctrpi1                SCSI terminate rport I/O
LUN            : 0xffffffffffffffff                     none (invalid)
WWPN           : 0x<wwpn>
D_ID           : 0x<n_port_id>
Adapter status : 0x...
Port status    : 0x...
LUN status     : 0x00000000                             none (invalid)
Ready count    : 0x...
Running count  : 0x...
ERP want       : 0x03                   ZFCP_ERP_ACTION_REOPEN_PORT_FORCED
ERP need       : 0xe0                   ZFCP_ERP_ACTION_FAILED

Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> #2.6.38+
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
2018-05-18 11:22:10 -04:00
Steffen Maier
96d9270499 scsi: zfcp: fix missing REC trigger trace on terminate_rport_io early return
get_device() and its internally used kobject_get() only return NULL if they
get passed NULL as argument. zfcp_get_port_by_wwpn() loops over
adapter->port_list so the iteration variable port is always non-NULL.
Struct device is embedded in struct zfcp_port so &port->dev is always
non-NULL. This is the argument to get_device().  However, if we get an
fc_rport in terminate_rport_io() for which we cannot find a match within
zfcp_get_port_by_wwpn(), the latter can return NULL.  v2.6.30 commit
70932935b6 ("[SCSI] zfcp: Fix oops when port disappears") introduced an
early return without adding a trace record for this case.  Even if we don't
need recovery in this case, for debugging we should still see that our
callback was invoked originally by scsi_transport_fc.

Example trace record formatted with zfcpdbf from s390-tools:

Timestamp      : ...
Area           : REC
Subarea        : 00
Level          : 1
Exception      : -
CPU ID         : ..
Caller         : 0x...
Record ID      : 1
Tag            : sctrpin        SCSI terminate rport I/O, no zfcp port
LUN            : 0xffffffffffffffff                     none (invalid)
WWPN           : 0x<wwpn>               WWPN
D_ID           : 0x<n_port_id>          N_Port-ID
Adapter status : 0x...
Port status    : 0xffffffff             unknown (-1)
LUN status     : 0x00000000                             none (invalid)
Ready count    : 0x...
Running count  : 0x...
ERP want       : 0x03                   ZFCP_ERP_ACTION_REOPEN_PORT_FORCED
ERP need       : 0xc0                   ZFCP_ERP_ACTION_NONE

Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Fixes: 70932935b6 ("[SCSI] zfcp: Fix oops when port disappears")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> #2.6.38+
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
2018-05-18 11:22:10 -04:00
Steffen Maier
512857a795 scsi: zfcp: fix misleading REC trigger trace where erp_action setup failed
If a SCSI device is deleted during scsi_eh host reset, we cannot get a
reference to the SCSI device anymore since scsi_device_get returns !=0 by
design. Assuming the recovery of adapter and port(s) was successful,
zfcp_erp_strategy_followup_success() attempts to trigger a LUN reset for the
half-gone SCSI device. Unfortunately, it causes the following confusing
trace record which states that zfcp will do a LUN recovery as "ERP need" is
ZFCP_ERP_ACTION_REOPEN_LUN == 1 and equals "ERP want".

Old example trace record formatted with zfcpdbf from s390-tools:

Tag:           : ersfs_3 ERP, trigger, unit reopen, port reopen succeeded
LUN            : 0x<FCP_LUN>
WWPN           : 0x<WWPN>
D_ID           : 0x<N_Port-ID>
Adapter status : 0x5400050b
Port status    : 0x54000001
LUN status     : 0x40000000     ZFCP_STATUS_COMMON_RUNNING
                                but not ZFCP_STATUS_COMMON_UNBLOCKED as it
                                was closed on close part of adapter reopen
ERP want       : 0x01
ERP need       : 0x01           misleading

However, zfcp_erp_setup_act() returns NULL as it cannot get the reference.
Hence, zfcp_erp_action_enqueue() takes an early goto out and _NO_ recovery
actually happens.

We always do want the recovery trigger trace record even if no erp_action
could be enqueued as in this case. For other cases where we did not enqueue
an erp_action, 'need' has always been zero to indicate this. In order to
indicate above goto out, introduce an eyecatcher "flag" to mark the "ERP
need" as 'not needed' but still keep the information which erp_action type,
that zfcp_erp_required_act() had decided upon, is needed.  0xc_ is chosen to
be visibly different from 0x0_ in "ERP want".

New example trace record formatted with zfcpdbf from s390-tools:

Tag:           : ersfs_3 ERP, trigger, unit reopen, port reopen succeeded
LUN            : 0x<FCP_LUN>
WWPN           : 0x<WWPN>
D_ID           : 0x<N_Port-ID>
Adapter status : 0x5400050b
Port status    : 0x54000001
LUN status     : 0x40000000
ERP want       : 0x01
ERP need       : 0xc1           would need LUN ERP, but no action set up
                   ^

Before v2.6.38 commit ae0904f60f ("[SCSI] zfcp: Redesign of the debug
tracing for recovery actions.") we could detect this case because the
"erp_action" field in the trace was NULL. The rework removed erp_action as
argument and field from the trace.

This patch here is for tracing. A fix to allow LUN recovery in the case at
hand is a topic for a separate patch.

See also commit fdbd1c5e27 ("[SCSI] zfcp: Allow running unit/LUN shutdown
without acquiring reference") for a similar case and background info.

Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Fixes: ae0904f60f ("[SCSI] zfcp: Redesign of the debug tracing for recovery actions.")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> #2.6.38+
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
2018-05-18 11:22:10 -04:00
Steffen Maier
81979ae63e scsi: zfcp: fix missing SCSI trace for retry of abort / scsi_eh TMF
We already have a SCSI trace for the end of abort and scsi_eh TMF. Due to
zfcp_erp_wait() and fc_block_scsi_eh() time can pass between the start of
our eh callback and an actual send/recv of an abort / TMF request.  In order
to see the temporal sequence including any abort / TMF send retries, add a
trace before the above two blocking functions.  This supports problem
determination with scsi_eh and parallel zfcp ERP.

No need to explicitly trace the beginning of our eh callback, since we
typically can send an abort / TMF and see its HBA response (in the worst
case, it's a pseudo response on dismiss all of adapter recovery, e.g. due to
an FSF request timeout [fsrth_1] of the abort / TMF). If we cannot send, we
now get a trace record for the first "abrt_wt" or "[lt]r_wait" which denotes
almost the beginning of the callback.

No need to explicitly trace the wakeup after the above two blocking
functions because the next retry loop causes another trace in any case and
that is sufficient.

Example trace records formatted with zfcpdbf from s390-tools:

Timestamp      : ...
Area           : SCSI
Subarea        : 00
Level          : 1
Exception      : -
CPU ID         : ..
Caller         : 0x...
Record ID      : 1
Tag            : abrt_wt        abort, before zfcp_erp_wait()
Request ID     : 0x0000000000000000                     none (invalid)
SCSI ID        : 0x<scsi_id>
SCSI LUN       : 0x<scsi_lun>
SCSI LUN high  : 0x<scsi_lun_high>
SCSI result    : 0x<scsi_result_of_cmd_to_be_aborted>
SCSI retries   : 0x<retries_of_cmd_to_be_aborted>
SCSI allowed   : 0x<allowed_retries_of_cmd_to_be_aborted>
SCSI scribble  : 0x<req_id_of_cmd_to_be_aborted>
SCSI opcode    : <CDB_of_cmd_to_be_aborted>
FCP rsp inf cod: 0x..                                   none (invalid)
FCP rsp IU     : ...                                    none (invalid)

Timestamp      : ...
Area           : SCSI
Subarea        : 00
Level          : 1
Exception      : -
CPU ID         : ..
Caller         : 0x...
Record ID      : 1
Tag            : lr_wait        LUN reset, before zfcp_erp_wait()
Request ID     : 0x0000000000000000                     none (invalid)
SCSI ID        : 0x<scsi_id>
SCSI LUN       : 0x<scsi_lun>
SCSI LUN high  : 0x<scsi_lun_high>
SCSI result    : 0x...                                  unrelated
SCSI retries   : 0x..                                   unrelated
SCSI allowed   : 0x..                                   unrelated
SCSI scribble  : 0x...                                  unrelated
SCSI opcode    : ...                                    unrelated
FCP rsp inf cod: 0x..                                   none (invalid)
FCP rsp IU     : ...                                    none (invalid)

Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Fixes: 63caf367e1 ("[SCSI] zfcp: Improve reliability of SCSI eh handlers in zfcp")
Fixes: af4de36d91 ("[SCSI] zfcp: Block scsi_eh thread for rport state BLOCKED")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> #2.6.38+
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
2018-05-18 11:22:10 -04:00
Steffen Maier
df30781699 scsi: zfcp: fix missing SCSI trace for result of eh_host_reset_handler
For problem determination we need to see whether and why we were successful
or not. This allows deduction of scsi_eh escalation.

Example trace record formatted with zfcpdbf from s390-tools:

Timestamp      : ...
Area           : SCSI
Subarea        : 00
Level          : 1
Exception      : -
CPU ID         : ..
Caller         : 0x...
Record ID      : 1
Tag            : schrh_r        SCSI host reset handler result
Request ID     : 0x0000000000000000                     none (invalid)
SCSI ID        : 0xffffffff                             none (invalid)
SCSI LUN       : 0xffffffff                             none (invalid)
SCSI LUN high  : 0xffffffff                             none (invalid)
SCSI result    : 0x00002002     field re-used for midlayer value: SUCCESS
                                or in other cases: 0x2009 == FAST_IO_FAIL
SCSI retries   : 0xff                                   none (invalid)
SCSI allowed   : 0xff                                   none (invalid)
SCSI scribble  : 0xffffffffffffffff                     none (invalid)
SCSI opcode    : ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff    none (invalid)
FCP rsp inf cod: 0xff                                   none (invalid)
FCP rsp IU     : 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000    none (invalid)
                 00000000 00000000

v2.6.35 commit a1dbfddd02 ("[SCSI] zfcp: Pass return code from
fc_block_scsi_eh to scsi eh") introduced the first return with something
other than the previously hardcoded single SUCCESS return path.

Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Fixes: a1dbfddd02 ("[SCSI] zfcp: Pass return code from fc_block_scsi_eh to scsi eh")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> #2.6.38+
Reviewed-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
2018-05-18 11:22:10 -04:00
Christoph Hellwig
fddda2b7b5 proc: introduce proc_create_seq{,_data}
Variants of proc_create{,_data} that directly take a struct seq_operations
argument and drastically reduces the boilerplate code in the callers.

All trivial callers converted over.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
2018-05-16 07:23:35 +02:00
Julian Wiedmann
2e68adcd2f s390/qdio: don't release memory in qdio_setup_irq()
Calling qdio_release_memory() on error is just plain wrong. It frees
the main qdio_irq struct, when following code still uses it.

Also, no other error path in qdio_establish() does this. So trust
callers to clean up via qdio_free() if some step of the QDIO
initialization fails.

Fixes: 779e6e1c72 ("[S390] qdio: new qdio driver.")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> #v2.6.27+
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-05-15 07:40:38 +02:00
Julian Wiedmann
e521813468 s390/qdio: fix access to uninitialized qdio_q fields
Ever since CQ/QAOB support was added, calling qdio_free() straight after
qdio_alloc() results in qdio_release_memory() accessing uninitialized
memory (ie. q->u.out.use_cq and q->u.out.aobs). Followed by a
kmem_cache_free() on the random AOB addresses.

For older kernels that don't have 6e30c549f6, the same applies if
qdio_establish() fails in the DEV_STATE_ONLINE check.

While initializing q->u.out.use_cq would be enough to fix this
particular bug, the more future-proof change is to just zero-alloc the
whole struct.

Fixes: 104ea556ee ("qdio: support asynchronous delivery of storage blocks")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> #v3.2+
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-05-15 07:40:36 +02:00
Vasily Gorbik
0391fcb5e1 s390: introduce compile time check for empty .bss section
Introduce compile time check for files which should avoid using .bss
section, because of the following reasons:
- .bss section has not been zeroed yet,
- initrd has not been moved to a safe location and could be overlapping
with .bss section.

Reviewed-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasily Gorbik <gor@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-05-09 10:55:01 +02:00
Jens Remus
fa89adba19 scsi: zfcp: fix infinite iteration on ERP ready list
zfcp_erp_adapter_reopen() schedules blocking of all of the adapter's
rports via zfcp_scsi_schedule_rports_block() and enqueues a reopen
adapter ERP action via zfcp_erp_action_enqueue(). Both are separately
processed asynchronously and concurrently.

Blocking of rports is done in a kworker by zfcp_scsi_rport_work(). It
calls zfcp_scsi_rport_block(), which then traces a DBF REC "scpdely" via
zfcp_dbf_rec_trig().  zfcp_dbf_rec_trig() acquires the DBF REC spin lock
and then iterates with list_for_each() over the adapter's ERP ready list
without holding the ERP lock. This opens a race window in which the
current list entry can be moved to another list, causing list_for_each()
to iterate forever on the wrong list, as the erp_ready_head is never
encountered as terminal condition.

Meanwhile the ERP action can be processed in the ERP thread by
zfcp_erp_thread(). It calls zfcp_erp_strategy(), which acquires the ERP
lock and then calls zfcp_erp_action_to_running() to move the ERP action
from the ready to the running list.  zfcp_erp_action_to_running() can
move the ERP action using list_move() just during the aforementioned
race window. It then traces a REC RUN "erator1" via zfcp_dbf_rec_run().
zfcp_dbf_rec_run() tries to acquire the DBF REC spin lock. If this is
held by the infinitely looping kworker, it effectively spins forever.

Example Sequence Diagram:

Process                ERP Thread             rport_work
-------------------    -------------------    -------------------
zfcp_erp_adapter_reopen()
zfcp_erp_adapter_block()
zfcp_scsi_schedule_rports_block()
lock ERP                                      zfcp_scsi_rport_work()
zfcp_erp_action_enqueue(ZFCP_ERP_ACTION_REOPEN_ADAPTER)
list_add_tail() on ready                      !(rport_task==RPORT_ADD)
wake_up() ERP thread                          zfcp_scsi_rport_block()
zfcp_dbf_rec_trig()    zfcp_erp_strategy()    zfcp_dbf_rec_trig()
unlock ERP                                    lock DBF REC
zfcp_erp_wait()        lock ERP
|                      zfcp_erp_action_to_running()
|                                             list_for_each() ready
|                      list_move()              current entry
|                        ready to running
|                      zfcp_dbf_rec_run()       endless loop over running
|                      zfcp_dbf_rec_run_lvl()
|                      lock DBF REC spins forever

Any adapter recovery can trigger this, such as setting the device offline
or reboot.

V4.9 commit 4eeaa4f3f1 ("zfcp: close window with unblocked rport
during rport gone") introduced additional tracing of (un)blocking of
rports. It missed that the adapter->erp_lock must be held when calling
zfcp_dbf_rec_trig().

This fix uses the approach formerly introduced by commit aa0fec6239
("[SCSI] zfcp: Fix sparse warning by providing new entry in dbf") that got
later removed by commit ae0904f60f ("[SCSI] zfcp: Redesign of the debug
tracing for recovery actions.").

Introduce zfcp_dbf_rec_trig_lock(), a wrapper for zfcp_dbf_rec_trig() that
acquires and releases the adapter->erp_lock for read.

Reported-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Fixes: 4eeaa4f3f1 ("zfcp: close window with unblocked rport during rport gone")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 2.6.32+
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
2018-05-08 00:01:01 -04:00
David S. Miller
a7b15ab887 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Overlapping changes in selftests Makefile.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-04 09:58:56 -04:00
Thomas Gleixner
604a98f1df Merge branch 'timers/urgent' into timers/core
Pick up urgent fixes to apply dependent cleanup patch
2018-05-02 16:11:12 +02:00
Julian Wiedmann
21b1702af1 s390/qeth: improve fallback to random MAC address
If READ MAC fails to fetch a valid MAC address, allow some more device
types (IQD and z/VM OSD) to fall back to a random address.
Also use eth_hw_addr_random(), for indicating to userspace that the
address type is NET_ADDR_RANDOM.

Note that while z/VM has various protection schemes to prohibit
custom addresses on its NICs, they are all optional. So we should at
least give it a try.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-27 13:38:49 -04:00
Kittipon Meesompop
d7e6ed97b5 s390/qeth: add IPv6 RX checksum offload support
Check if a qeth device supports IPv6 RX checksum offload, and hook it up
into the existing NETIF_F_RXCSUM support.
As NETIF_F_RXCSUM is now backed by a combination of HW Assists, we need
to be a little smarter when dealing with errors during a configuration
change:
- switching on NETIF_F_RXCSUM only makes sense if at least one HW Assist
  was enabled successfully.
- for switching off NETIF_F_RXCSUM, all available HW Assists need to be
  deactivated.

Signed-off-by: Kittipon Meesompop <kmeesomp@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-27 13:38:49 -04:00
Kittipon Meesompop
571f9dd802 s390/qeth: add IPv6 TX checksum offload support
Check if a qeth device supports IPv6 TX checksum offload, and advertise
NETIF_F_IPV6_CSUM accordingly. Add support for setting the relevant bits
in IPv6 packet descriptors.

Currently this has only limited use (ie. UDP, or Jumbo Frames). For any
TCP traffic with a standard MSS, the TCP checksum gets calculated
as part of the linear GSO segmentation.

Signed-off-by: Kittipon Meesompop <kmeesomp@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-27 13:38:49 -04:00
Kittipon Meesompop
a8155b009f s390/qeth: extend Checksum Offload Assists for IPv6
Add some wrappers to make the protocol-specific Assist code a little
more generic, and use them for sending protocol-agnostic commands in
the Checksum Offload Assist code.

Signed-off-by: Kittipon Meesompop <kmeesomp@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-27 13:38:49 -04:00
Kittipon Meesompop
ee75fb8615 s390/qeth: query IPv6 assists during hardsetup
For new functionality, the L2 subdriver will start using IPv6 assists.
So move the query from the L3 subdriver into the common setup path.

Signed-off-by: Kittipon Meesompop <kmeesomp@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-27 13:38:49 -04:00
Kittipon Meesompop
3aade31b2f s390/qeth: add stats counter for RX csum offload
This matches the statistics we gather for the TX offload path.

Signed-off-by: Kittipon Meesompop <kmeesomp@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-27 13:38:48 -04:00
Julian Wiedmann
b339c24ebf s390/qeth: disregard IPv4 header for RX csum offload
The kernel does its own validation of the IPv4 header checksum,
drivers/HW are not required to handle this.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-27 13:38:48 -04:00
Julian Wiedmann
6195b93661 s390/qeth: extract csum offload helpers
This consolidates the checksum offload code that was duplicated
over the two qeth subdrivers.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-27 13:38:48 -04:00
Kittipon Meesompop
1b81143281 s390/qeth: de-indent else after return
Trivial cleanup, in preparation for a subsequent patch.

Signed-off-by: Kittipon Meesompop <kmeesomp@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-27 13:38:48 -04:00
Ursula Braun
71c4689780 s390/net: set HW port number in netdevice
struct net_device contains a dev_port field. Store the OSA port number
in this field.

Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-27 13:38:47 -04:00
Julian Wiedmann
d8de0ddfad s390/qeth: don't worry about IPs on VLAN removal
When removing a VLAN ID on a L3 device, the driver currently attempts to
walk and unregister the VLAN device's IP addresses.
This can be safely removed - before qeth_l3_vlan_rx_kill_vid() even gets
called, we receive an inet[6]addr event for each IP on the device and
qeth_l3_handle_ip_event() unregisters the address accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-27 13:38:47 -04:00
Julian Wiedmann
d4ac024688 s390/qeth: convert vlan spinlock to mutex
As the vid_list is only accessed from process context, there's no need to
protect it with a spinlock.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-27 13:38:47 -04:00
Julian Wiedmann
7bcd64eb8c s390/qeth: skip QDIO queue handler indirection
Both qeth sub drivers use the same QDIO queue handlers, there's no need
to expose them via the driver's discipline. No functional change.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-27 13:38:47 -04:00
Halil Pasic
d66a735571 vfio: ccw: fix cleanup if cp_prefetch fails
If the translation of a channel program fails, we may end up attempting
to clean up (free, unpin) stuff that never got translated (and allocated,
pinned) in the first place.

By adjusting the lengths of the chains accordingly (so the element that
failed, and all subsequent elements are excluded) cleanup activities
based on false assumptions can be avoided.

Let's make sure cp_free works properly after cp_prefetch returns with an
error by setting ch_len of a ccw chain to the number of the translated
CCWs on that chain.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org #v4.12+
Acked-by: Pierre Morel <pmorel@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Dong Jia Shi <bjsdjshi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Dong Jia Shi <bjsdjshi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <20180423110113.59385-2-bjsdjshi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
[CH: fixed typos]
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-04-27 07:23:20 +02:00
Linus Torvalds
1334ac11d9 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/s390/linux
Pull s390 fixes from Martin Schwidefsky:
 "A couple of bug fixes:

   - correct some CPU-MF counter names for z13 and z14

   - correct locking in the vfio-ccw fsm_io_helper function

   - provide arch_uretprobe_is_alive to avoid sigsegv with uretprobes

   - fix a corner case with CPU-MF sampling in regard to execve

   - fix expoline code revert for loadable modules

   - update chpid descriptor for resource accessibility events

   - fix dasd I/O errors due to outdated device alias infomation"

* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/s390/linux:
  s390: correct module section names for expoline code revert
  vfio: ccw: process ssch with interrupts disabled
  s390: update sampling tag after task pid change
  s390/cpum_cf: rename IBM z13/z14 counter names
  s390/dasd: fix IO error for newly defined devices
  s390/uprobes: implement arch_uretprobe_is_alive()
  s390/cio: update chpid descriptor after resource accessibility event
2018-04-26 10:29:46 -07:00
Cornelia Huck
3368e547c5 vfio: ccw: process ssch with interrupts disabled
When we call ssch, an interrupt might already be pending once we
return from the START SUBCHANNEL instruction. Therefore we need to
make sure interrupts are disabled while holding the subchannel lock
until after we're done with our processing.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org #v4.12+
Reviewed-by: Dong Jia Shi <bjsdjshi@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Pierre Morel <pmorel@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-04-23 07:57:17 +02:00
Stefan Haberland
5d27a2bf6e s390/dasd: fix IO error for newly defined devices
When a new CKD storage volume is defined at the storage server, Linux
may be relying on outdated information about that volume, which leads to
the following errors:

1. Command Reject Errors for minidisk on z/VM:

dasd-eckd.b3193d: 0.0.XXXX: An error occurred in the DASD device driver,
		  reason=09
dasd(eckd): I/O status report for device 0.0.XXXX:
dasd(eckd): in req: 00000000XXXXXXXX CC:00 FC:04 AC:00 SC:17 DS:02 CS:00
	    RC:0
dasd(eckd): device 0.0.2046: Failing CCW: 00000000XXXXXXXX
dasd(eckd): Sense(hex)  0- 7: 80 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
dasd(eckd): Sense(hex)  8-15: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
dasd(eckd): Sense(hex) 16-23: 00 00 00 00 e1 00 0f 00
dasd(eckd): Sense(hex) 24-31: 00 00 40 e2 00 00 00 00
dasd(eckd): 24 Byte: 0 MSG 0, no MSGb to SYSOP

2. Equipment Check errors on LPAR or for dedicated devices on z/VM:

dasd(eckd): I/O status report for device 0.0.XXXX:
dasd(eckd): in req: 00000000XXXXXXXX CC:00 FC:04 AC:00 SC:17 DS:0E CS:40
	    fcxs:01 schxs:00 RC:0
dasd(eckd): device 0.0.9713: Failing TCW: 00000000XXXXXXXX
dasd(eckd): Sense(hex)  0- 7: 10 00 00 00 13 58 4d 0f
dasd(eckd): Sense(hex)  8-15: 67 00 00 00 00 00 00 04
dasd(eckd): Sense(hex) 16-23: e5 18 05 33 97 01 0f 0f
dasd(eckd): Sense(hex) 24-31: 00 00 40 e2 00 04 58 0d
dasd(eckd): 24 Byte: 0 MSG f, no MSGb to SYSOP

Fix this problem by using the up-to-date information provided during
online processing via the device specific SNEQ to detect the case of
outdated LCU data. If there is a difference, perform a re-read of that
data.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-04-23 07:57:16 +02:00
Sebastian Ott
af2e460ade s390/cio: update chpid descriptor after resource accessibility event
Channel path descriptors have been seen as something stable (as
long as the chpid is configured). Recent tests have shown that the
descriptor can also be altered when the link state of a channel path
changes. Thus it is necessary to update the descriptor during
handling of resource accessibility events.

Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-04-23 07:57:16 +02:00
Julian Wiedmann
b7493e91c1 s390/qeth: use Read device to query hypervisor for MAC
For z/VM NICs, qeth needs to consider which of the three CCW devices in
an MPC group it uses for requesting a managed MAC address.

On the Base device, the hypervisor returns a default MAC which is
pre-assigned when creating the NIC (this MAC is also returned by the
READ MAC primitive). Querying any other device results in the allocation
of an additional MAC address.

For consistency with READ MAC and to avoid using up more addresses than
necessary, it is preferable to use the NIC's default MAC. So switch the
the diag26c over to using a NIC's Read device, which should always be
identical to the Base device.

Fixes: ec61bd2fd2 ("s390/qeth: use diag26c to get MAC address on L2")
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-22 14:42:32 -04:00
Julian Wiedmann
db71bbbd11 s390/qeth: fix request-side race during cmd IO timeout
Submitting a cmd IO request (usually on the WRITE device, but for IDX
also on the READ device) is currently done with ccw_device_start()
and a manual timeout in the caller.
On timeout, the caller cleans up the related resources (eg. IO buffer).
But 1) the IO might still be active and utilize those resources, and
    2) when the IO completes, qeth_irq() will attempt to clean up the
       same resources again.

Instead of introducing additional resource locking, switch to
ccw_device_start_timeout() to ensure IO termination after timeout, and
let the IRQ handler alone deal with cleaning up after a request.

This also removes a stray write->irq_pending reset from
clear_ipacmd_list(). The routine doesn't terminate any pending IO on
the WRITE device, so this should be handled properly via IO timeout
in the IRQ handler.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-22 14:42:32 -04:00
Julian Wiedmann
bcacfcbc82 s390/qeth: fix MAC address update sequence
When changing the MAC address on a L2 qeth device, current code first
unregisters the old address, then registers the new one.
If HW rejects the new address (or the IO fails), the device ends up with
no operable address at all.

Re-order the code flow so that the old address only gets dropped if the
new address was registered successfully. While at it, add logic to catch
some corner-cases.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-22 14:42:31 -04:00
Julian Wiedmann
a936b1ef37 s390/qeth: handle failure on workqueue creation
Creating the global workqueue during driver init may fail, deal with it.
Also, destroy the created workqueue on any subsequent error.

Fixes: 0f54761d16 ("qeth: Support VEPA mode")
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-22 14:42:31 -04:00
Julian Wiedmann
901e3f49fa s390/qeth: avoid control IO completion stalls
For control IO, qeth currently tracks the index of the buffer that it
expects to complete the next IO on each qeth_channel. If the channel
presents an IRQ while this buffer has not yet completed, no completion
processing for _any_ completed buffer takes place.
So if the 'next buffer' is skipped for any sort of reason* (eg. when it
is released due to error conditions, before the IO is started), the
buffer obviously won't switch to PROCESSED until it is eventually
allocated for a _different_ IO and completes.
Until this happens, all completion processing on that channel stalls
and pending requests possibly time out.

As a fix, remove the whole 'next buffer' logic and simply process any
IO buffer right when it completes. A channel will never have more than
one IO pending, so there's no risk of processing out-of-sequence.

*Note: currently just one location in the code really handles this problem,
       by advancing the 'next' index manually.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-22 14:42:31 -04:00
Julian Wiedmann
686c97ee29 s390/qeth: fix error handling in adapter command callbacks
Make sure to check both return code fields before(!) processing the
command response. Otherwise we risk operating on invalid data.

This matches an earlier fix for SETASSPARMS commands, see
commit ad3cbf6133 ("s390/qeth: fix error handling in checksum cmd callback").

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-22 14:42:31 -04:00
Deepa Dinamani
0d55303c51 compat: Move compat_timespec/ timeval to compat_time.h
All the current architecture specific defines for these
are the same. Refactor these common defines to a common
header file.

The new common linux/compat_time.h is also useful as it
will eventually be used to hold all the defines that
are needed for compat time types that support non y2038
safe types. New architectures need not have to define these
new types as they will only use new y2038 safe syscalls.
This file can be deleted after y2038 when we stop supporting
non y2038 safe syscalls.

The patch also requires an operation similar to:

git grep "asm/compat\.h" | cut -d ":" -f 1 |  xargs -n 1 sed -i -e "s%asm/compat.h%linux/compat.h%g"

Cc: acme@kernel.org
Cc: benh@kernel.crashing.org
Cc: borntraeger@de.ibm.com
Cc: catalin.marinas@arm.com
Cc: cmetcalf@mellanox.com
Cc: cohuck@redhat.com
Cc: davem@davemloft.net
Cc: deller@gmx.de
Cc: devel@driverdev.osuosl.org
Cc: gerald.schaefer@de.ibm.com
Cc: gregkh@linuxfoundation.org
Cc: heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com
Cc: hoeppner@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Cc: hpa@zytor.com
Cc: jejb@parisc-linux.org
Cc: jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-mips@linux-mips.org
Cc: linux-parisc@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
Cc: linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
Cc: mark.rutland@arm.com
Cc: mingo@redhat.com
Cc: mpe@ellerman.id.au
Cc: oberpar@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Cc: oprofile-list@lists.sf.net
Cc: paulus@samba.org
Cc: peterz@infradead.org
Cc: ralf@linux-mips.org
Cc: rostedt@goodmis.org
Cc: rric@kernel.org
Cc: schwidefsky@de.ibm.com
Cc: sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Cc: sparclinux@vger.kernel.org
Cc: sth@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Cc: ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Cc: will.deacon@arm.com
Cc: x86@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Steven Rostedt (VMware) <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Acked-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
Acked-by: James Hogan <jhogan@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Helge Deller <deller@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
2018-04-19 13:29:54 +02:00
Vasily Gorbik
f43c426a58 s390: remove couple of duplicate includes
Removing couple of duplicate includes, found by "make includecheck".
That leaves 1 duplicate include in arch/s390/kernel/entry.S, which is
there for a reason (it includes generated asm/syscall_table.h twice).

Signed-off-by: Vasily Gorbik <gor@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-04-16 09:10:24 +02:00
Martin Schwidefsky
760dd0eeae s390/smsgiucv: disable SMSG on module unload
The module exit function of the smsgiucv module uses the incorrect CP
command to disable SMSG messages. The correct command is "SET SMSG OFF".
Use it.

Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-04-16 09:10:17 +02:00
Vasily Gorbik
dccccd332d s390/sclp: avoid potential usage of uninitialized value
sclp_early_printk could be used before .bss section is zeroed
(i.e. from als.c during the decompressor phase), therefore values used
by sclp_early_printk should be located in the .data section.

Another reason for that is to avoid potential initrd corruption, if some
code in future would use sclp_early_printk before initrd is moved from
possibly overlapping with .bss section region to a safe location.

Fixes: 0b0d1173d8 ("s390/sclp: 32 bit event mask compatibility mode")
Signed-off-by: Vasily Gorbik <gor@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-04-16 09:10:17 +02:00
Linus Torvalds
6c21e4334a Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/s390/linux
Pull  more s390 updates from Martin Schwidefsky:
 "Three notable larger changes next to the usual bug fixing:

   - update the email addresses in MAINTAINERS for the s390 folks to use
     the simpler linux.ibm.com domain instead of the old
     linux.vnet.ibm.com

   - an update for the zcrypt device driver that removes some old and
     obsolete interfaces and add support for up to 256 crypto adapters

   - a rework of the IPL aka boot code"

* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/s390/linux: (23 commits)
  s390: correct nospec auto detection init order
  s390/zcrypt: Support up to 256 crypto adapters.
  s390/zcrypt: Remove deprecated zcrypt proc interface.
  s390/zcrypt: Remove deprecated ioctls.
  s390/zcrypt: Make ap init functions static.
  MAINTAINERS: update s390 maintainers email addresses
  s390/ipl: remove reipl_method and dump_method
  s390/ipl: correct kdump reipl block checksum calculation
  s390/ipl: remove non-existing functions declaration
  s390: assume diag308 set always works
  s390/ipl: avoid adding scpdata to cmdline during ftp/dvd boot
  s390/ipl: correct ipl parmblock valid checks
  s390/ipl: rely on diag308 store to get ipl info
  s390/ipl: move ipl_flags to ipl.c
  s390/ipl: get rid of ipl_ssid and ipl_devno
  s390/ipl: unite diag308 and scsi boot ipl blocks
  s390/ipl: ensure loadparm valid flag is set
  s390/qdio: lock device while installing IRQ handler
  s390/qdio: clear intparm during shutdown
  s390/ccwgroup: require at least one ccw device
  ...
2018-04-13 09:43:20 -07:00
Harald Freudenberger
af4a72276d s390/zcrypt: Support up to 256 crypto adapters.
There was an artificial restriction on the card/adapter id
to only 6 bits but all the AP commands do support adapter
ids with 8 bit. This patch removes this restriction to 64
adapters and now up to 256 adapter can get addressed.

Some of the ioctl calls work on the max number of cards
possible (which was 64). These ioctls are now deprecated
but still supported. All the defines, structs and ioctl
interface declarations have been kept for compabibility.
There are now new ioctls (and defines for these) with an
additional '2' appended which provide the extended versions
with 256 cards supported.

Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-04-11 10:36:27 +02:00
Linus Torvalds
9f3a0941fb libnvdimm for 4.17
* A rework of the filesytem-dax implementation provides for detection of
   unmap operations (truncate / hole punch) colliding with in-progress
   device-DMA. A fix for these collisions remains a work-in-progress
   pending resolution of truncate latency and starvation regressions.
 
 * The of_pmem driver expands the users of libnvdimm outside of x86 and
   ACPI to describe an implementation of persistent memory on PowerPC with
   Open Firmware / Device tree.
 
 * Address Range Scrub (ARS) handling is completely rewritten to account for
   the fact that ARS may run for 100s of seconds and there is no platform
   defined way to cancel it. ARS will now no longer block namespace
   initialization.
 
 * The NVDIMM Namespace Label implementation is updated to handle label
   areas as small as 1K, down from 128K.
 
 * Miscellaneous cleanups and updates to unit test infrastructure.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJazDt5AAoJEB7SkWpmfYgCqGMQALLwdPeY87cUK7AvQ2IXj46B
 lJgeVuHPzyQDbC03AS5uUYnnU3I5lFd7i4y7ZrywNpFs4lsb/bNmbUpQE5xp+Yvc
 1MJ/JYDIP5X4misWYm3VJo85N49+VqSRgAQk52PBigwnZ7M6/u4cSptXM9//c9JL
 /NYbat6IjjY6Tx49Tec6+F3GMZjsFLcuTVkQcREoOyOqVJE4YpP0vhNjEe0vq6vr
 EsSWiqEI5VFH4PfJwKdKj/64IKB4FGKj2A5cEgjQBxW2vw7tTJnkRkdE3jDUjqtg
 xYAqGp/Dqs4+bgdYlT817YhiOVrcr5mOHj7TKWQrBPgzKCbcG5eKDmfT8t+3NEga
 9kBlgisqIcG72lwZNA7QkEHxq1Omy9yc1hUv9qz2YA0G+J1WE8l1T15k1DOFwV57
 qIrLLUypklNZLxvrzNjclempboKc4JCUlj+TdN5E5Y6pRs55UWTXaP7Xf5O7z0vf
 l/uiiHkc3MPH73YD2PSEGFJ8m8EU0N8xhrcz3M9E2sHgYCnbty1Lw3FH0/GhThVA
 ya1mMeDdb8A2P7gWCBk1Lqeig+rJKXSey4hKM6D0njOEtMQO1H4tFqGjyfDX1xlJ
 3plUR9WBVEYzN5+9xWbwGag/ezGZ+NfcVO2gmy6yXiEph796BxRAZx/18zKRJr0m
 9eGJG1H+JspcbtLF9iHn
 =acZQ
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'libnvdimm-for-4.17' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/nvdimm/nvdimm

Pull libnvdimm updates from Dan Williams:
 "This cycle was was not something I ever want to repeat as there were
  several late changes that have only now just settled.

  Half of the branch up to commit d2c997c0f1 ("fs, dax: use
  page->mapping to warn...") have been in -next for several releases.
  The of_pmem driver and the address range scrub rework were late
  arrivals, and the dax work was scaled back at the last moment.

  The of_pmem driver missed a previous merge window due to an oversight.
  A sense of obligation to rectify that miss is why it is included for
  4.17. It has acks from PowerPC folks. Stephen reported a build failure
  that only occurs when merging it with your latest tree, for now I have
  fixed that up by disabling modular builds of of_pmem. A test merge
  with your tree has received a build success report from the 0day robot
  over 156 configs.

  An initial version of the ARS rework was submitted before the merge
  window. It is self contained to libnvdimm, a net code reduction, and
  passing all unit tests.

  The filesystem-dax changes are based on the wait_var_event()
  functionality from tip/sched/core. However, late review feedback
  showed that those changes regressed truncate performance to a large
  degree. The branch was rewound to drop the truncate behavior change
  and now only includes preparation patches and cleanups (with full acks
  and reviews). The finalization of this dax-dma-vs-trnucate work will
  need to wait for 4.18.

  Summary:

   - A rework of the filesytem-dax implementation provides for detection
     of unmap operations (truncate / hole punch) colliding with
     in-progress device-DMA. A fix for these collisions remains a
     work-in-progress pending resolution of truncate latency and
     starvation regressions.

   - The of_pmem driver expands the users of libnvdimm outside of x86
     and ACPI to describe an implementation of persistent memory on
     PowerPC with Open Firmware / Device tree.

   - Address Range Scrub (ARS) handling is completely rewritten to
     account for the fact that ARS may run for 100s of seconds and there
     is no platform defined way to cancel it. ARS will now no longer
     block namespace initialization.

   - The NVDIMM Namespace Label implementation is updated to handle
     label areas as small as 1K, down from 128K.

   - Miscellaneous cleanups and updates to unit test infrastructure"

* tag 'libnvdimm-for-4.17' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/nvdimm/nvdimm: (39 commits)
  libnvdimm, of_pmem: workaround OF_NUMA=n build error
  nfit, address-range-scrub: add module option to skip initial ars
  nfit, address-range-scrub: rework and simplify ARS state machine
  nfit, address-range-scrub: determine one platform max_ars value
  powerpc/powernv: Create platform devs for nvdimm buses
  doc/devicetree: Persistent memory region bindings
  libnvdimm: Add device-tree based driver
  libnvdimm: Add of_node to region and bus descriptors
  libnvdimm, region: quiet region probe
  libnvdimm, namespace: use a safe lookup for dimm device name
  libnvdimm, dimm: fix dpa reservation vs uninitialized label area
  libnvdimm, testing: update the default smart ctrl_temperature
  libnvdimm, testing: Add emulation for smart injection commands
  nfit, address-range-scrub: introduce nfit_spa->ars_state
  libnvdimm: add an api to cast a 'struct nd_region' to its 'struct device'
  nfit, address-range-scrub: fix scrub in-progress reporting
  dax, dm: allow device-mapper to operate without dax support
  dax: introduce CONFIG_DAX_DRIVER
  fs, dax: use page->mapping to warn if truncate collides with a busy page
  ext2, dax: introduce ext2_dax_aops
  ...
2018-04-10 10:25:57 -07:00
Harald Freudenberger
71cbbff8c4 s390/zcrypt: Remove deprecated zcrypt proc interface.
This patch removes the deprecated zcrypt proc interface.
It is outdated and deprecated and does not support the
latest 3 generations of CEX cards.

Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-04-10 07:39:01 +02:00
Harald Freudenberger
2a80786d47 s390/zcrypt: Remove deprecated ioctls.
This patch removes the old status calls which have been marked
as deprecated since at least 2 years now. There is no known
application or library relying on these ioctls any more.

Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-04-10 07:39:01 +02:00
Harald Freudenberger
efda7adec7 s390/zcrypt: Make ap init functions static.
The ap init functions ap_module_init and ap_debug_init are
only used within ap_bus.c. Make these functions static and
do not declare them in any header file any more.

Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-04-10 07:39:01 +02:00
Vasily Gorbik
d485235b00 s390: assume diag308 set always works
diag308 set has been available for many machine generations, and
alternative reipl code paths has not been exercised and seems to be
broken without noticing for a while now. So, cleaning up all obsolete
reipl methods except currently used ones, assuming that diag308 set
always works.

Also removing not longer needed reset callbacks.

Reviewed-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasily Gorbik <gor@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-04-10 07:38:59 +02:00
Vasily Gorbik
d08091ac96 s390/ipl: rely on diag308 store to get ipl info
For both ccw and fcp boot retrieve ipl info from ipl block received via
diag308 store. Old scsi ipl parm block handling and cio_get_iplinfo are
removed. Ipl type is deducted from ipl block (if valid).

Reviewed-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasily Gorbik <gor@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-04-10 07:38:59 +02:00
Julian Wiedmann
7eee12b44e s390/qdio: lock device while installing IRQ handler
During setup, qdio takes control of the presented ccw device and replaces
the device's IRQ handler with its own. To avoid any interference with
conccurent activity on the device, this should be done while holding the
device's lock.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-04-10 07:38:58 +02:00
Julian Wiedmann
89286320a2 s390/qdio: clear intparm during shutdown
During shutdown, qdio returns its ccw device back to control by the
upper-layer driver. But there is a remote chance that by the time where the
IRQ handler gets switched back, the interrupt for the preceding
ccw_device_{clear,halt} hasn't been presented yet.
Upper-layer drivers would then need to handle this IRQ - and since the IO
is issued with an intparm, it could very well be confused with whatever
intparm mechanism the driver uses itself (eg intparm == request address).

So when switching over the IRQ handler, also clear the intparm and have
upper-layer drivers deal with any such delayed interrupt as if it was
unsolicited.

Suggested-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-04-10 07:38:58 +02:00
Julian Wiedmann
ab7efda477 s390/ccwgroup: require at least one ccw device
ccwgroup_create_dev() derives the gdev's device name from gdev->cdev[0],
so make sure that this reference is valid.

For robustness only, all current ccwgroup drivers get this right.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-04-10 07:38:57 +02:00
Harald Freudenberger
2c957a8ad4 s390/zcrypt: remove unused functions and declarations
The AP bus code is not available as kernel module any more.
There was some leftover code dealing with kernel module
exit which has been removed with this patch.

Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-04-10 07:38:57 +02:00
Dan Williams
e13e75b86e Merge branch 'for-4.17/dax' into libnvdimm-for-next 2018-04-09 10:50:17 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
becdce1c66 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/s390/linux
Pull s390 updates from Martin Schwidefsky:

 - Improvements for the spectre defense:
    * The spectre related code is consolidated to a single file
      nospec-branch.c
    * Automatic enable/disable for the spectre v2 defenses (expoline vs.
      nobp)
    * Syslog messages for specve v2 are added
    * Enable CONFIG_GENERIC_CPU_VULNERABILITIES and define the attribute
      functions for spectre v1 and v2

 - Add helper macros for assembler alternatives and use them to shorten
   the code in entry.S.

 - Add support for persistent configuration data via the SCLP Store Data
   interface. The H/W interface requires a page table that uses 4K pages
   only, the code to setup such an address space is added as well.

 - Enable virtio GPU emulation in QEMU. To do this the depends
   statements for a few common Kconfig options are modified.

 - Add support for format-3 channel path descriptors and add a binary
   sysfs interface to export the associated utility strings.

 - Add a sysfs attribute to control the IFCC handling in case of
   constant channel errors.

 - The vfio-ccw changes from Cornelia.

 - Bug fixes and cleanups.

* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/s390/linux: (40 commits)
  s390/kvm: improve stack frame constants in entry.S
  s390/lpp: use assembler alternatives for the LPP instruction
  s390/entry.S: use assembler alternatives
  s390: add assembler macros for CPU alternatives
  s390: add sysfs attributes for spectre
  s390: report spectre mitigation via syslog
  s390: add automatic detection of the spectre defense
  s390: move nobp parameter functions to nospec-branch.c
  s390/cio: add util_string sysfs attribute
  s390/chsc: query utility strings via fmt3 channel path descriptor
  s390/cio: rename struct channel_path_desc
  s390/cio: fix unbind of io_subchannel_driver
  s390/qdio: split up CCQ handling for EQBS / SQBS
  s390/qdio: don't retry EQBS after CCQ 96
  s390/qdio: restrict buffer merging to eligible devices
  s390/qdio: don't merge ERROR output buffers
  s390/qdio: simplify math in get_*_buffer_frontier()
  s390/decompressor: trim uncompressed image head during the build
  s390/crypto: Fix kernel crash on aes_s390 module remove.
  s390/defkeymap: fix global init to zero
  ...
2018-04-09 09:04:10 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
3526dd0c78 for-4.17/block-20180402
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1
 
 iQIcBAABCAAGBQJawr05AAoJEPfTWPspceCmT2UP/1uuaqwzyl4VjFNb/k7KS7UM
 +Cs/1HBlGomgMA8orDTGqtWqLRdR3z4RSh0+MvXTzQ78HpFVYz7CbDc9itHm+G9M
 X0ypD4kF/JGCFb5cxk+x6qv28uO2nv4DP3+0hHqJWLH4UVJBWDY6bs4BPShsf9QB
 I6XjioNMhoqylXgdOITLODJZz+TcChlJMDAqwhpJwh9TH1wjobleAZ6AdmCPfgi5
 h0UCKMUKzcVJlNZwQUrzrs2cxcx9Uhunnbz7HK0ZV4n/FKFtDpGynFpQQ71pZxKe
 Be0ZOBPCQvC3ykOM/egCIvC/e5y7FgrjORD6jxyu1PTwAugI5E1VYSMxHkXvgPAx
 zOo9A7RT4GPO2tDQv+DbzNFpqeSAclTgSmr+/y1wmheBs8DiSt7MPVBiNM4zdCNv
 NLk9z7IEjFhdmluSB/LbTb1aokypMb/q7QTLouPHdwGn80k7yrhFyLHgdjpNTQ2K
 UHfHZvGxkOX6SmFhBNOtIFUkuSceenh64a0RkRle7filx+ImpbCVm2/GYi9zZNCu
 EtctgzLbLmz40zMiyDaZS2bxBgGzfn6yf4xd9LsaAJPMhvZnmXogT0D9ctWXB0WU
 mMaS7sOkLnNjnGkzF1fHkeiZ/oigrstJbe+CA7BtOdwxpWn6MZBgKEoFQ6iA2b3X
 5J1axMgVH5LAsIEcEQVq
 =RVhK
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'for-4.17/block-20180402' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-block

Pull block layer updates from Jens Axboe:
 "It's a pretty quiet round this time, which is nice. This contains:

   - series from Bart, cleaning up the way we set/test/clear atomic
     queue flags.

   - series from Bart, fixing races between gendisk and queue
     registration and removal.

   - set of bcache fixes and improvements from various folks, by way of
     Michael Lyle.

   - set of lightnvm updates from Matias, most of it being the 1.2 to
     2.0 transition.

   - removal of unused DIO flags from Nikolay.

   - blk-mq/sbitmap memory ordering fixes from Omar.

   - divide-by-zero fix for BFQ from Paolo.

   - minor documentation patches from Randy.

   - timeout fix from Tejun.

   - Alpha "can't write a char atomically" fix from Mikulas.

   - set of NVMe fixes by way of Keith.

   - bsg and bsg-lib improvements from Christoph.

   - a few sed-opal fixes from Jonas.

   - cdrom check-disk-change deadlock fix from Maurizio.

   - various little fixes, comment fixes, etc from various folks"

* tag 'for-4.17/block-20180402' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-block: (139 commits)
  blk-mq: Directly schedule q->timeout_work when aborting a request
  blktrace: fix comment in blktrace_api.h
  lightnvm: remove function name in strings
  lightnvm: pblk: remove some unnecessary NULL checks
  lightnvm: pblk: don't recover unwritten lines
  lightnvm: pblk: implement 2.0 support
  lightnvm: pblk: implement get log report chunk
  lightnvm: pblk: rename ppaf* to addrf*
  lightnvm: pblk: check for supported version
  lightnvm: implement get log report chunk helpers
  lightnvm: make address conversions depend on generic device
  lightnvm: add support for 2.0 address format
  lightnvm: normalize geometry nomenclature
  lightnvm: complete geo structure with maxoc*
  lightnvm: add shorten OCSSD version in geo
  lightnvm: add minor version to generic geometry
  lightnvm: simplify geometry structure
  lightnvm: pblk: refactor init/exit sequences
  lightnvm: Avoid validation of default op value
  lightnvm: centralize permission check for lightnvm ioctl
  ...
2018-04-05 14:27:02 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
3b24b83763 Kbuild updates for v4.17
- add a shell script to get Clang version
 
 - improve portability of build scripts
 
 - drop always-enabled CONFIG_THIN_ARCHIVE and remove unused code
 
 - rename built-in.o which is now thin archive to built-in.a
 
 - process clean/build targets one by one to get along with -j option
 
 - simplify ld-option
 
 - improve building with CONFIG_TRIM_UNUSED_KSYMS
 
 - define KBUILD_MODNAME even for objects shared among multiple modules
 
 - avoid linking multiple instances of same objects from composite objects
 
 - move <linux/compiler_types.h> to c_flags to include it only for C files
 
 - clean-up various Makefiles
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJaw6eWAAoJED2LAQed4NsGrK8QAJmbYg83TTNoOgQRK/7Lg+sj
 KL1+RGFxmdHRVOqG5n18L7Q4LmTD19tUFNQImrQTTrKrbH2vbMSTF2PfzdmDRwMz
 R5vW5+wsagfhSttOce/GR4p9+bM9XEclzEa3liqNVQxijOFXmkV14pn0x5anYfeB
 ABthxFFHcVn3exP/q3lmq048x1yNE71wUU5WQIWf6V/ZKf+++wQU8r7HpnATWYeO
 vtf8gZq+xyLLjhxoJF6n6olSZXI7Yhz4jV2G68/VroS312AUFWPogK+cSshWGlSw
 zGixM1q55oj9CXjZ37nR6pTzQhSZLf/uHX5beatlpeoJ4Hho6HlIABvx2oEnat7b
 o5RW64RB0gVJqlYZdKxL29HNrovr9tlWPTaIPGFRvWDpl3c1w+rMKXE+5hwu8jMJ
 2jgxd5FZCgBaDsAKojmeQR7PAo2ffAdUO0Dj/SuAaMOpuHWHcnJk9kIN2PUrC+Sf
 d/H2soT9x+60KbQmtCEo5VfEN8bvNP3+ZSnadEG/gRN2IIa5FZAUQykU+i50gAvj
 tuKAokdRGZHvXM+buYFBfN6RbhVCXzBF/fAG7r37QVR2u1zaUszmgFOUqERhTQfm
 RNnyeAs9G9rljtna/AD7cIOdKTg8oETPISxt8Y6EzNMpI8PhF0aGoxso3yD19oH1
 M+fq55RigsR48Kic40hY
 =N5BL
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'kbuild-v4.17' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/masahiroy/linux-kbuild

Pull Kbuild updates from Masahiro Yamada:

 - add a shell script to get Clang version

 - improve portability of build scripts

 - drop always-enabled CONFIG_THIN_ARCHIVE and remove unused code

 - rename built-in.o which is now thin archive to built-in.a

 - process clean/build targets one by one to get along with -j option

 - simplify ld-option

 - improve building with CONFIG_TRIM_UNUSED_KSYMS

 - define KBUILD_MODNAME even for objects shared among multiple modules

 - avoid linking multiple instances of same objects from composite
   objects

 - move <linux/compiler_types.h> to c_flags to include it only for C
   files

 - clean-up various Makefiles

* tag 'kbuild-v4.17' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/masahiroy/linux-kbuild: (29 commits)
  kbuild: get <linux/compiler_types.h> out of <linux/kconfig.h>
  kbuild: clean up link rule of composite modules
  kbuild: clean up archive rule of built-in.a
  kbuild: remove partial section mismatch detection for built-in.a
  net: liquidio: clean up Makefile for simpler composite object handling
  lib: zstd: clean up Makefile for simpler composite object handling
  kbuild: link $(real-obj-y) instead of $(obj-y) into built-in.a
  kbuild: rename real-objs-y/m to real-obj-y/m
  kbuild: move modname and modname-multi close to modname_flags
  kbuild: simplify modname calculation
  kbuild: fix modname for composite modules
  kbuild: define KBUILD_MODNAME even if multiple modules share objects
  kbuild: remove unnecessary $(subst $(obj)/, , ...) in modname-multi
  kbuild: Use ls(1) instead of stat(1) to obtain file size
  kbuild: link vmlinux only once for CONFIG_TRIM_UNUSED_KSYMS
  kbuild: move include/config/ksym/* to include/ksym/*
  kbuild: move CONFIG_TRIM_UNUSED_KSYMS code unneeded for external module
  kbuild: restore autoksyms.h touch to the top Makefile
  kbuild: move 'scripts' target below
  kbuild: remove wrong 'touch' in adjust_autoksyms.sh
  ...
2018-04-03 15:51:22 -07:00
Dan Williams
2080e88aec dax: introduce CONFIG_DAX_DRIVER
In support of allowing device-mapper to compile out idle/dead code when
there are no dax providers in the system, introduce the DAX_DRIVER
symbol. This is selected by all leaf drivers that device-mapper might be
layered on top. This allows device-mapper to conditionally 'select DAX'
only when a provider is present.

Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Reported-by: Bart Van Assche <Bart.VanAssche@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Snitzer <snitzer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2018-04-03 05:41:19 -07:00
Sebastian Ott
b9dd652499 s390/cio: add util_string sysfs attribute
Export utility strings as a chpid's binary sysfs attribute.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-03-28 08:38:22 +02:00
Sebastian Ott
fcc6dd4b7b s390/chsc: query utility strings via fmt3 channel path descriptor
Add support for format 3 channel path descriptors and use them to
gather utility strings.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-03-26 16:13:16 +02:00
Sebastian Ott
ded27d8d2e s390/cio: rename struct channel_path_desc
Rename struct channel_path_desc to struct channel_path_desc_fmt0
to fit the scheme. Provide a macro for the function wrappers that
gather this and related data from firmware.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-03-26 16:13:11 +02:00
Sebastian Ott
135a8b4ce5 s390/cio: fix unbind of io_subchannel_driver
If the io_subchannel_driver is unbound from a subchannel it bluntly kills
all I/O on the subchannel and sets the ccw_device state to not operable
before deregistering the ccw_device. However, for online devices we should
set the device offline (disband path groups etc.) which does not happen if
the device is in not oper state.

Simply deregister the ccw device - ccw_device_remove is smart enough to set
the device offline properly. If everything fails call io_subchannel_quiesce
afterwards as a safeguard.

Reported-by: Shalini Chellathurai Saroja <shalini@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-03-26 16:13:06 +02:00
Julian Wiedmann
88bf319fc2 s390/qdio: split up CCQ handling for EQBS / SQBS
Get rid of the confusing two-stage translation in a hot path, and only
handle CCQs that we anticipate for the respective command. Any
unexpected value (such as CCQ 97 (rc == 1) for SQBS) should be
considered a severe HW/driver bug, and traced as such.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-03-26 16:13:02 +02:00
Julian Wiedmann
dae55b6fef s390/qdio: don't retry EQBS after CCQ 96
Immediate retry of EQBS after CCQ 96 means that we potentially misreport
the state of buffers inspected during the first EQBS call.

This occurs when
1. the first EQBS finds all inspected buffers still in the initial state
   set by the driver (ie INPUT EMPTY or OUTPUT PRIMED),
2. the EQBS terminates early with CCQ 96, and
3. by the time that the second EQBS comes around, the state of those
   previously inspected buffers has changed.

If the state reported by the second EQBS is 'driver-owned', all we know
is that the previous buffers are driver-owned now as well. But we can't
tell if they all have the same state. So for instance
- the second EQBS reports OUTPUT EMPTY, but any number of the previous
  buffers could be OUTPUT ERROR by now,
- the second EQBS reports OUTPUT ERROR, but any number of the previous
  buffers could be OUTPUT EMPTY by now.

Effectively, this can result in both over- and underreporting of errors.

If the state reported by the second EQBS is 'HW-owned', that doesn't
guarantee that the previous buffers have not been switched to
driver-owned in the mean time. So for instance
- the second EQBS reports INPUT EMPTY, but any number of the previous
  buffers could be INPUT PRIMED (or INPUT ERROR) by now.

This would result in failure to process pending work on the queue. If
it's the final check before yielding initiative, this can cause
a (temporary) queue stall due to IRQ avoidance.

Fixes: 25f269f173 ("[S390] qdio: EQBS retry after CCQ 96")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> #v3.2+
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-03-26 16:12:53 +02:00
Julian Wiedmann
c11a3dfd6f s390/qdio: restrict buffer merging to eligible devices
Only attempt to merge PENDING into EMPTY buffers for devices where
the PENDING state is actually expected (ie. IQD with CQ).
This might speed up the hot path a little bit.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-03-26 16:12:48 +02:00
Julian Wiedmann
0cf1e05157 s390/qdio: don't merge ERROR output buffers
On an Output queue, both EMPTY and PENDING buffer states imply that the
buffer is ready for completion-processing by the upper-layer drivers.

So for a non-QEBSM Output queue, get_buf_states() merges mixed
batches of PENDING and EMPTY buffers into one large batch of EMPTY
buffers. The upper-layer driver (ie. qeth) later distuingishes PENDING
from EMPTY by inspecting the slsb_state for
QDIO_OUTBUF_STATE_FLAG_PENDING.

But the merge logic in get_buf_states() contains a bug that causes us to
erronously also merge ERROR buffers into such a batch of EMPTY buffers
(ERROR is 0xaf, EMPTY is 0xa1; so ERROR & EMPTY == EMPTY).
Effectively, most outbound ERROR buffers are currently discarded
silently and processed as if they had succeeded.

Note that this affects _all_ non-QEBSM device types, not just IQD with CQ.

Fix it by explicitly spelling out the exact conditions for merging.

For extracting the "get initial state" part out of the loop, this relies
on the fact that get_buf_states() is never called with a count of 0. The
QEBSM path already strictly requires this, and the two callers with
variable 'count' make sure of it.

Fixes: 104ea556ee ("qdio: support asynchronous delivery of storage blocks")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> #v3.2+
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-03-26 16:12:33 +02:00
Julian Wiedmann
152485bf76 s390/qdio: simplify math in get_*_buffer_frontier()
When determining the buffer count that get_buf_states() should
be queried for, 'count' is capped at 127 buffers.
So the check
	q->first_to_check == (q->first_to_check + count) % 128
can be reduced to
	count == 0

This helps to emphasize that get_buf_states() is really only
called with count > 0.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-03-26 16:12:25 +02:00
Nicholas Piggin
f49821ee32 kbuild: rename built-in.o to built-in.a
Incremental linking is gone, so rename built-in.o to built-in.a, which
is the usual extension for archive files.

This patch does two things, first is a simple search/replace:

git grep -l 'built-in\.o' | xargs sed -i 's/built-in\.o/built-in\.a/g'

The second is to invert nesting of nested text manipulations to avoid
filtering built-in.a out from libs-y2:

-libs-y2 := $(filter-out %.a, $(patsubst %/, %/built-in.a, $(libs-y)))
+libs-y2 := $(patsubst %/, %/built-in.a, $(filter-out %.a, $(libs-y)))

Signed-off-by: Nicholas Piggin <npiggin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
2018-03-26 02:01:19 +09:00
David S. Miller
03fe2debbb Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Fun set of conflict resolutions here...

For the mac80211 stuff, these were fortunately just parallel
adds.  Trivially resolved.

In drivers/net/phy/phy.c we had a bug fix in 'net' that moved the
function phy_disable_interrupts() earlier in the file, whilst in
'net-next' the phy_error() call from this function was removed.

In net/ipv4/xfrm4_policy.c, David Ahern's changes to remove the
'rt_table_id' member of rtable collided with a bug fix in 'net' that
added a new struct member "rt_mtu_locked" which needs to be copied
over here.

The mlxsw driver conflict consisted of net-next separating
the span code and definitions into separate files, whilst
a 'net' bug fix made some changes to that moved code.

The mlx5 infiniband conflict resolution was quite non-trivial,
the RDMA tree's merge commit was used as a guide here, and
here are their notes:

====================

    Due to bug fixes found by the syzkaller bot and taken into the for-rc
    branch after development for the 4.17 merge window had already started
    being taken into the for-next branch, there were fairly non-trivial
    merge issues that would need to be resolved between the for-rc branch
    and the for-next branch.  This merge resolves those conflicts and
    provides a unified base upon which ongoing development for 4.17 can
    be based.

    Conflicts:
            drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/main.c - Commit 42cea83f95
            (IB/mlx5: Fix cleanup order on unload) added to for-rc and
            commit b5ca15ad7e (IB/mlx5: Add proper representors support)
            add as part of the devel cycle both needed to modify the
            init/de-init functions used by mlx5.  To support the new
            representors, the new functions added by the cleanup patch
            needed to be made non-static, and the init/de-init list
            added by the representors patch needed to be modified to
            match the init/de-init list changes made by the cleanup
            patch.
    Updates:
            drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/mlx5_ib.h - Update function
            prototypes added by representors patch to reflect new function
            names as changed by cleanup patch
            drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/ib_rep.c - Update init/de-init
            stage list to match new order from cleanup patch
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-23 11:31:58 -04:00
Linus Torvalds
c4f4d2f917 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:

 1) Always validate XFRM esn replay attribute, from Florian Westphal.

 2) Fix RCU read lock imbalance in xfrm_get_tos(), from Xin Long.

 3) Don't try to get firmware dump if not loaded in iwlwifi, from Shaul
    Triebitz.

 4) Fix BPF helpers to deal with SCTP GSO SKBs properly, from Daniel
    Axtens.

 5) Fix some interrupt handling issues in e1000e driver, from Benjamin
    Poitier.

 6) Use strlcpy() in several ethtool get_strings methods, from Florian
    Fainelli.

 7) Fix rhlist dup insertion, from Paul Blakey.

 8) Fix SKB leak in netem packet scheduler, from Alexey Kodanev.

 9) Fix driver unload crash when link is up in smsc911x, from Jeremy
    Linton.

10) Purge out invalid socket types in l2tp_tunnel_create(), from Eric
    Dumazet.

11) Need to purge the write queue when TCP connections are aborted,
    otherwise userspace using MSG_ZEROCOPY can't close the fd. From
    Soheil Hassas Yeganeh.

12) Fix double free in error path of team driver, from Arkadi
    Sharshevsky.

13) Filter fixes for hv_netvsc driver, from Stephen Hemminger.

14) Fix non-linear packet access in ipv6 ndisc code, from Lorenzo
    Bianconi.

15) Properly filter out unsupported feature flags in macvlan driver,
    from Shannon Nelson.

16) Don't request loading the diag module for a protocol if the protocol
    itself is not even registered. From Xin Long.

17) If datagram connect fails in ipv6, make sure the socket state is
    consistent afterwards. From Paolo Abeni.

18) Use after free in qed driver, from Dan Carpenter.

19) If received ipv4 PMTU is less than the min pmtu, lock the mtu in the
    entry. From Sabrina Dubroca.

20) Fix sleep in atomic in tg3 driver, from Jonathan Toppins.

21) Fix vlan in vlan untagging in some situations, from Toshiaki Makita.

22) Fix double SKB free in genlmsg_mcast(). From Nicolas Dichtel.

23) Fix NULL derefs in error paths of tcf_*_init(), from Davide Caratti.

24) Unbalanced PM runtime calls in FEC driver, from Florian Fainelli.

25) Memory leak in gemini driver, from Igor Pylypiv.

26) IDR leaks in error paths of tcf_*_init() functions, from Davide
    Caratti.

27) Need to use GFP_ATOMIC in seg6_build_state(), from David Lebrun.

28) Missing dev_put() in error path of macsec_newlink(), from Dan
    Carpenter.

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (201 commits)
  macsec: missing dev_put() on error in macsec_newlink()
  net: dsa: Fix functional dsa-loop dependency on FIXED_PHY
  hv_netvsc: common detach logic
  hv_netvsc: change GPAD teardown order on older versions
  hv_netvsc: use RCU to fix concurrent rx and queue changes
  hv_netvsc: disable NAPI before channel close
  net/ipv6: Handle onlink flag with multipath routes
  ppp: avoid loop in xmit recursion detection code
  ipv6: sr: fix NULL pointer dereference when setting encap source address
  ipv6: sr: fix scheduling in RCU when creating seg6 lwtunnel state
  net: aquantia: driver version bump
  net: aquantia: Implement pci shutdown callback
  net: aquantia: Allow live mac address changes
  net: aquantia: Add tx clean budget and valid budget handling logic
  net: aquantia: Change inefficient wait loop on fw data reads
  net: aquantia: Fix a regression with reset on old firmware
  net: aquantia: Fix hardware reset when SPI may rarely hangup
  s390/qeth: on channel error, reject further cmd requests
  s390/qeth: lock read device while queueing next buffer
  s390/qeth: when thread completes, wake up all waiters
  ...
2018-03-22 14:10:29 -07:00
Julian Wiedmann
a6c3d93963 s390/qeth: on channel error, reject further cmd requests
When the IRQ handler determines that one of the cmd IO channels has
failed and schedules recovery, block any further cmd requests from
being submitted. The request would inevitably stall, and prevent the
recovery from making progress until the request times out.

This sort of error was observed after Live Guest Relocation, where
the pending IO on the READ channel intentionally gets terminated to
kick-start recovery. Simultaneously the guest executed SIOCETHTOOL,
triggering qeth to issue a QUERY CARD INFO command. The command
then stalled in the inoperabel WRITE channel.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-22 11:52:30 -04:00
Julian Wiedmann
17bf8c9b3d s390/qeth: lock read device while queueing next buffer
For calling ccw_device_start(), issue_next_read() needs to hold the
device's ccwlock.
This is satisfied for the IRQ handler path (where qeth_irq() gets called
under the ccwlock), but we need explicit locking for the initial call by
the MPC initialization.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-22 11:52:30 -04:00
Julian Wiedmann
1063e432bb s390/qeth: when thread completes, wake up all waiters
qeth_wait_for_threads() is potentially called by multiple users, make
sure to notify all of them after qeth_clear_thread_running_bit()
adjusted the thread_running_mask. With no timeout, callers would
otherwise stall.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-22 11:52:30 -04:00
Julian Wiedmann
6be687395b s390/qeth: free netdevice when removing a card
On removal, a qeth card's netdevice is currently not properly freed
because the call chain looks as follows:

qeth_core_remove_device(card)
	lx_remove_device(card)
		unregister_netdev(card->dev)
		card->dev = NULL			!!!
	qeth_core_free_card(card)
		if (card->dev)				!!!
			free_netdev(card->dev)

Fix it by free'ing the netdev straight after unregistering. This also
fixes the sysfs-driven layer switch case (qeth_dev_layer2_store()),
where the need to free the current netdevice was not considered at all.

Note that free_netdev() takes care of the netif_napi_del() for us too.

Fixes: 4a71df5004 ("qeth: new qeth device driver")
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-22 11:52:30 -04:00
Martin Schwidefsky
bcbd41da3b A small documentation update, and reject transport mode requests
(which we don't support).
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQJGBAABCAAwFiEEw9DWbcNiT/aowBjO3s9rk8bwL68FAlqdNd4SHGNvaHVja0By
 ZWRoYXQuY29tAAoJEN7Pa5PG8C+v+UgP/2LAEaCqk+IH+9m3VzofJYXndawq0RNL
 1z5sWsptlkFS6KkDNDty2utHpELLT3ohwLtkAJPcEf3QSRhuHWOcTswM0ZZi9f5k
 VI/j1gbz4CrkzrY1wHNUghIxmAo2KuNPcRjxSA7F2fvDgic0jIjFE2u99EvV72F/
 Q1UHll6UAoDGz4fGUeyo5aGArmUT9BdrsurH4fUNi4eX2O2wzaqUqKhZaJkjJmiS
 M4Glqc5nNkChXE3tPpX2J1WXNXv0m1Q6ysa7pieuiHxUqrlXX1bDUR6ddEtCdCV4
 6601TDhw7LKDmuG8Z8ou5J0YmII0VVCYyWxSeJ7gmNxiHqLdFF5s4zG48foMzV1A
 qK1kYjkKkYvCMhYWOw3mEFqoma6OR97GWQ20OyEku8DFnK2lY8TAH28Ea1uud9IJ
 eztmJSSgHHBjOkJH7cDAJTFLPSWDQSLthLM45dpSQri6TMAUkeqSBbSFI0Kw0GLs
 hX5er1MItNzLogDrfWlsegib99ApwVa7lFN1aQz2xxBMXPRmjOEV1SSB4VPwMJWZ
 8UXlBEwUCys68RxxuiT6tkMER0Fp3ly16EG7xkILh5zyQeTzh+sVsqMX9+yWDUiV
 F94+wJmNDHA+wvgxMXpVPkEDhnsODHSVLv4L1PIMIyVxDJUMwRRCHh3wMQO2ZVVo
 J+oDbTJEsT+f
 =cJH0
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'vfio-ccw-20180305' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvms390/vfio-ccw into features

Pull vfio-ccw patches from Cornelia Huck:

A small documentation update, and reject transport mode requests
(which we don't support).
2018-03-18 23:02:52 -07:00
Christian Borntraeger
c9f52c2ddb s390/defkeymap: fix global init to zero
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-03-18 23:02:02 -07:00
Christian Borntraeger
936b2161df s390/sclp_tty: enable line mode tty even if there is an ascii console
commit 8f50af49f5 ("s390/console: Make preferred console handling
more consistent") created a separate console state for the ascii
console. This has the side effect that we register no tty for the line
mode interface as soon as there an ascii interface as default console.
Under KVM this results in no getty program on the line mode tty if the
guest has both types of interfaces.

As we can have multiple ttys at the same time we do not want to disable
the tty on sclp_line0 under KVM. So instead of checking for the console
mode, we now check for the presence of the sclp line mode interface. As
z/VM multiplexes the line mode interface on the 32xx screen we continue
to disable the line mode tty for the z/VM case.

CC: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Fixes: 8f50af49f5 ("s390/console: Make preferred console handling more consistent")
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-03-18 23:02:00 -07:00
Farhan Ali
aa0f2dd4de s390/char : Rename EBCDIC keymap variables
The Linux Virtual Terminal (VT) layer provides a default keymap
which is compiled when VT layer is enabled. But at the same time
we are also compiling the EBCDIC keymap and this causes the linker
to complain.

So let's rename the EBCDIC keymap variables to prevent linker
conflict.

Signed-off-by: Farhan Ali <alifm@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <f670a2698d2372e1e990c48a29334ffe894804b1.1519315352.git.alifm@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-03-18 23:01:56 -07:00
Christoph Hellwig
31156ec378 bsg-lib: introduce a timeout field in struct bsg_job
The zfcp driver wants to know the timeout for a bsg job, so add a field
to struct bsg_job for it in preparation of not exposing the request
to the bsg-lib users.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Thumshirn <jthumshirn@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-13 11:40:21 -06:00
Julian Wiedmann
b1d5e36b41 s390/qeth: shrink qeth_ipaddr struct
Using up 8 bytes in every ipaddr object to store SETIP/DELIP flags is
rather wasteful. Except for takeover eligibility, the flag values all
just depend on the address type, so determine them on demand.

While at it reorder the struct to fill an alignment hole.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-09 13:10:05 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
1617dae25e s390/qeth: extract helpers for managing special IPs
Reduce code duplication.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-09 13:10:05 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
b9caa98c51 s390/qeth: simplify card look-up on IP notification
On an IP event, current code tries to determine if the netdev belongs
to a L3 card by walking all qeth cards in the system, and then all of
their VLAN devices too. Short-cut the whole thing by identifying a L3
device through its netdev_ops.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-09 13:10:05 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
d66b1c0df3 s390/qeth: restructure IP notification handlers
Extract a helper that does the actual work & returns the right NOTIFY_*
responses, and start putting the temporary ipaddr container objects
on the stack rather than kmalloc'ing them. They are small, and this
reduces the confusion of which objects actually get added to qeth's
IP tables.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-09 13:10:05 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
1b45c80be0 s390/qeth: reset NAPI context during queue init
init_qdio_queues() resets the Input Queue's overall QDIO state, and
positions the buffer cursor back to 0. So this is the obvious place to
also reset the queue's NAPI context (in contrast to doing it rather
randomly in the middle of the big set_online() path).
No functional change.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-09 13:10:05 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
04f673983b s390/qeth: reduce RX skb setup
Newly-allocated skbs default to PACKET_HOST, and eth_type_trans() is
smart enough to determine any other packet type from the frame's
destination address.
So except for the IQD sniffer case, there is no need to set up
skb->pkt_type manually.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-09 13:10:05 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
37cf05d2ff s390/qeth: allocate skb from NAPI cache
napi_alloc_skb() doesn't need to disable IRQs during the allocation,
and thus may save us a few cycles.
Doing so requires a small fix-up in the HiperTransport path, which
currently assumes a fixed NET_SKB_PAD headroom padding. napi_alloc_skb()
adds an additional NET_IP_ALIGN padding, so use the proper helper for
setting up the mac_header offset.

Use this opportunity to convert the non-NAPI path to netdev_alloc_skb(),
which means that skb->dev is now always set-up during allocation and
doesn't need to be assigned manually.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-09 13:10:04 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
f0ea8bfbc1 s390/qeth: pass correct length to header_ops->create()
We need to pass the *payload* length, not the L2 address length.
For qeth (using eth_header()) this is merely a cosmetic change:
the parameter only matters when building headers for ETH_P_802_2
or ETH_P_802_3, whereas our fake headers are built with
ETH_P_IP / ETH_P_IPV6 / 0.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-09 13:10:04 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
d3aacac4e4 s390/qeth: advertise IFF_UNICAST_FLT
qeth implements HW-based Unicast Filtering (via SETVMAC) on L2 devices.
Tell the stack, so it knows that receiving traffic for secondary
addresses doesn't require full-blown promiscuous mode.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-09 13:10:04 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
0f34294527 s390/qeth: support SG for more device types
NETIF_F_SG support is currently limited to OSA (and for L2 even OSD)
devices. Advertise it for some more device types (OSM, L2 OSX, z/VM OSA)
that share the same code paths. For now, keep it switched off by
default on these devices.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-09 13:10:04 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
d857e11193 s390/qeth: remove outdated portname debug msg
The 'portname' attribute is deprecated and setting it has no effect.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-09 13:10:04 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
ff5caa7a28 s390/qeth: use __ipa_cmd() for casting an IPA cmd buffer
"s390/qeth: fix SETIP command handling" introduced a new helper, apply
it driver-wide.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-09 13:10:04 -05:00
Bart Van Assche
8b904b5b6b block: Use blk_queue_flag_*() in drivers instead of queue_flag_*()
This patch has been generated as follows:

for verb in set_unlocked clear_unlocked set clear; do
  replace-in-files queue_flag_${verb} blk_queue_flag_${verb%_unlocked} \
    $(git grep -lw queue_flag_${verb} drivers block/bsg*)
done

Except for protecting all queue flag changes with the queue lock
this patch does not change any functionality.

Cc: Mike Snitzer <snitzer@redhat.com>
Cc: Shaohua Li <shli@fb.com>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Cc: Ming Lei <ming.lei@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Bart Van Assche <bart.vanassche@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Thumshirn <jthumshirn@suse.de>
Acked-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-08 14:13:48 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
69f39c5705 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/s390/linux
Pull s390 fixes from Martin Schwidefsky:
 "Nine bug fixes for s390:

   - Three fixes for the expoline code, one of them is strictly speaking
     a cleanup but as it relates to code added with 4.16 I would like to
     include the patch.

   - Three timer related fixes in the common I/O layer

   - A fix for the handling of internal DASD request which could cause
     panics.

   - One correction in regard to the accounting of pud page tables vs.
     compat tasks.

   - The register scrubbing in entry.S caused spurious crashes, this is
     fixed now as well"

* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/s390/linux:
  s390/entry.S: fix spurious zeroing of r0
  s390: Fix runtime warning about negative pgtables_bytes
  s390: do not bypass BPENTER for interrupt system calls
  s390/cio: clear timer when terminating driver I/O
  s390/cio: fix return code after missing interrupt
  s390/cio: fix ccw_device_start_timeout API
  s390/clean-up: use CFI_* macros in entry.S
  s390: Replace IS_ENABLED(EXPOLINE_*) with IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_EXPOLINE_*)
  s390/dasd: fix handling of internal requests
2018-03-07 10:59:23 -08:00
Cornelia Huck
9851bc77e6 vfio-ccw: fence off transport mode
vfio-ccw only supports command mode for channel programs, not transport
mode. User space is supposed to already take care of that and pass us
command-mode ORBs only, but better make sure and return an error to
the caller instead of trying to process tcws as ccws.

Reviewed-by: Dong Jia Shi <bjsdjshi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
2018-03-01 17:35:50 +01:00
Julian Wiedmann
d22ffb5a71 s390/qeth: fix IPA command submission race
If multiple IPA commands are build & sent out concurrently,
fill_ipacmd_header() may assign a seqno value to a command that's
different from what send_control_data() later assigns to this command's
reply.
This is due to other commands passing through send_control_data(),
and incrementing card->seqno.ipa along the way.

So one IPA command has no reply that's waiting for its seqno, while some
other IPA command has multiple reply objects waiting for it.
Only one of those waiting replies wins, and the other(s) times out and
triggers a recovery via send_ipa_cmd().

Fix this by making sure that the same seqno value is assigned to
a command and its reply object.
Do so immediately before submitting the command & while holding the
irq_pending "lock", to produce nicely ascending seqnos.

As a side effect, *all* IPA commands now use a reply object that's
waiting for its actual seqno. Previously, early IPA commands that were
submitted while the card was still DOWN used the "catch-all" IDX seqno.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-28 11:13:12 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
c5c48c58b2 s390/qeth: fix IP address lookup for L3 devices
Current code ("qeth_l3_ip_from_hash()") matches a queried address object
against objects in the IP table by IP address, Mask/Prefix Length and
MAC address ("qeth_l3_ipaddrs_is_equal()"). But what callers actually
require is either
a) "is this IP address registered" (ie. match by IP address only),
before adding a new address.
b) or "is this address object registered" (ie. match all relevant
   attributes), before deleting an address.

Right now
1. the ADD path is too strict in its lookup, and eg. doesn't detect
conflicts between an existing NORMAL address and a new VIPA address
(because the NORMAL address will have mask != 0, while VIPA has
a mask == 0),
2. the DELETE path is not strict enough, and eg. allows del_rxip() to
delete a VIPA address as long as the IP address matches.

Fix all this by adding helpers (_addr_match_ip() and _addr_match_all())
that do the appropriate checking.

Note that the ADD path for NORMAL addresses is special, as qeth keeps
track of how many times such an address is in use (and there is no
immediate way of returning errors to the caller). So when a requested
NORMAL address _fully_ matches an existing one, it's not considered a
conflict and we merely increment the refcount.

Fixes: 5f78e29cee ("qeth: optimize IP handling in rx_mode callback")
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-28 11:13:12 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
4964c66fd4 Revert "s390/qeth: fix using of ref counter for rxip addresses"
This reverts commit cb816192d9.

The issue this attempted to fix never actually occurs.
l3_add_rxip() checks (via l3_ip_from_hash()) if the requested address
was previously added to the card. If so, it returns -EEXIST and doesn't
call l3_add_ip().
As a result, the "address exists" path in l3_add_ip() is never taken
for rxip addresses, and this patch had no effect.

Fixes: cb816192d9 ("s390/qeth: fix using of ref counter for rxip addresses")
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-28 11:13:12 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
14d066c353 s390/qeth: fix double-free on IP add/remove race
Registering an IPv4 address with the HW takes quite a while, so we
temporarily drop the ip_htable lock. Any concurrent add/remove of the
same IP adjusts the IP's use count, and (on remove) is then blocked by
addr->in_progress.
After the register call has completed, we check the use count for
concurrently attempted add/remove calls - and possibly straight-away
deregister the IP again. This happens via l3_delete_ip(), which
1) looks up the queried IP in the htable (getting a reference to the
   *same* queried object),
2) deregisters the IP from the HW, and
3) frees the IP object.

The caller in l3_add_ip() then does a second free on the same object.

For this case, skip all the extra checks and lookups in l3_delete_ip()
and just deregister & free the IP object ourselves.

Fixes: 5f78e29cee ("qeth: optimize IP handling in rx_mode callback")
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-28 11:13:12 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
98d823ab1f s390/qeth: fix IP removal on offline cards
If the HW is not reachable, then none of the IPs in qeth's internal
table has been registered with the HW yet. So when deleting such an IP,
there's no need to stage it for deregistration - just drop it from
the table.

This fixes the "add-delete-add" scenario on an offline card, where the
the second "add" merely increments the IP's use count. But as the IP is
still set to DISP_ADDR_DELETE from the previous "delete" step,
l3_recover_ip() won't register it with the HW when the card goes online.

Fixes: 5f78e29cee ("qeth: optimize IP handling in rx_mode callback")
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-28 11:13:12 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
12472af896 s390/qeth: fix overestimated count of buffer elements
qeth_get_elements_for_range() doesn't know how to handle a 0-length
range (ie. start == end), and returns 1 when it should return 0.
Such ranges occur on TSO skbs, where the L2/L3/L4 headers (and thus all
of the skb's linear data) are skipped when mapping the skb into regular
buffer elements.

This overestimation may cause several performance-related issues:
1. sub-optimal IO buffer selection, where the next buffer gets selected
   even though the skb would actually still fit into the current buffer.
2. forced linearization, if the element count for a non-linear skb
   exceeds QETH_MAX_BUFFER_ELEMENTS.

Rather than modifying qeth_get_elements_for_range() and adding overhead
to every caller, fix up those callers that are in risk of passing a
0-length range.

Fixes: 2863c61334 ("qeth: refactor calculation of SBALE count")
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-28 11:13:12 -05:00
Stefan Haberland
5628683cf7 s390/dasd: set timestamps unconditionally
Set the XRC timestamps even if XRC is not supported by the storage server
to help debugging the storage server firmware.
Do not advertise valid time stamps if the system time could not be
obtained.

Reviewed-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-02-27 08:05:29 +01:00
Stefan Haberland
a1fc8181eb s390/dasd: remove unneeded sanity check
Reported by smatch that the usage of cqr->block is inconsistent.
The sanity check is not needed because _dasd_requeue_request already
checks for a valid cqr->block pointer and all referenced ERP requests
have a valid cqr->block pointer as well since it is copied during ERP
process.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-02-27 08:05:28 +01:00
Claudio Imbrenda
f8f6e27c1a s390/sclp: 64 bit event mask
Change the size of the sclp mask to 64 bits.

Reviewed-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Claudio Imbrenda <imbrenda@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-02-22 15:31:24 +01:00
Claudio Imbrenda
0b0d1173d8 s390/sclp: 32 bit event mask compatibility mode
Qemu before version 2.11 does not implement the architecture correctly,
and does not allow for a mask size of size different than 4.

This patch introduces a compatibility mode for such systems, forcing
the mask sizes to 4.

Since the mask size is currently still 4 anyway, this patch should have
no impact whatsoever by itself, but it will be needed when the mask size
is increased to 64 bits in the next patch.

Reviewed-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Claudio Imbrenda <imbrenda@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-02-22 15:31:24 +01:00
Claudio Imbrenda
b843563518 s390/sclp: generic event mask accessors
Switch the layout of the event masks to be a generic buffer, and
implement accessors to retrieve the values of the masks.

This will be needed in the next patches, where we will eventually switch
the mask size to 64 bits.

Reviewed-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Claudio Imbrenda <imbrenda@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-02-22 15:31:24 +01:00
Claudio Imbrenda
0ee5f8dcd6 s390/sclp: clean up, use sccb_mask_t where appropriate
Replace hardcoded instances where 32 or unsigned int (or long) is used
for SCLP event masks, and replace with sizeof(sccb_mask_t) and
sccb_mask_t respectively.

This improves readability and prepares for when we will increase
sccb_mask_t to 64 bits.

Reviewed-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Claudio Imbrenda <imbrenda@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-02-22 15:31:23 +01:00
Stefan Haberland
ddc1c94535 s390/dasd: configurable IFCC handling
Make the behavior in case of constant IFCC/CCC errors configurable.
Add a sysfs attribute to switch between path disabled after threshold
exceeded (default) and message only.

Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-02-22 15:31:23 +01:00
Peter Oberparleiter
66aec64721 s390/sclp: Add support for Store Data SCLP interface
Add functions to retrieve data associated with an SCLP Store Data
entity. Automatically retrieve data for the "config" entity during
boot and make that data available to user-space via sysfs:

    /sys/firmware/sclp_sd/config/data
        Reading from this file will return config data contents.

    /sys/firmware/sclp_sd/config/reload
        Writing to this file will cause the latest version of data
        related to the config entity to be read from the SCLP interface.

Generate a KOBJ_CHANGE whenever new data is retrieved.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-02-22 15:31:23 +01:00
Sebastian Ott
410d5e13e7 s390/cio: clear timer when terminating driver I/O
When we terminate driver I/O (because we need to stop using a certain
channel path) we also need to ensure that a timer (which may have been
set up using ccw_device_start_timeout) is cleared.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-02-22 10:09:27 +01:00
Sebastian Ott
770b55c995 s390/cio: fix return code after missing interrupt
When a timeout occurs for users of ccw_device_start_timeout
we will stop the IO and call the drivers int handler with
the irb pointer set to ERR_PTR(-ETIMEDOUT). Sometimes
however we'd set the irb pointer to ERR_PTR(-EIO) which is
not intended. Just set the correct value in all codepaths.

Reported-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-02-22 10:09:25 +01:00
Sebastian Ott
f97a6b6c47 s390/cio: fix ccw_device_start_timeout API
There are cases a device driver can't start IO because the device is
currently in use by cio. In this case the device driver is notified
when the device is usable again.

Using ccw_device_start_timeout we would set the timeout (and change
an existing timeout) before we test for internal usage. Worst case
this could lead to an unexpected timer deletion.

Fix this by setting the timeout after we test for internal usage.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-02-22 10:09:22 +01:00
Stefan Haberland
9487cfd343 s390/dasd: fix handling of internal requests
Internal DASD device driver I/O such as query host access count or
path verification is started using the _sleep_on() function.
To mark a request as started or ended the callback_data is set to either
DASD_SLEEPON_START_TAG or DASD_SLEEPON_END_TAG.

In cases where the request has to be stopped unconditionally the status is
set to DASD_SLEEPON_END_TAG as well which leads to immediate clearing of
the request.
But the request might still be on a device request queue for normal
operation which might lead to a panic because of a BUG() statement in
__dasd_device_process_final_queue() or a list corruption of the device
request queue.

Fix by removing the setting of DASD_SLEEPON_END_TAG in the
dasd_cancel_req() and dasd_generic_requeue_all_requests() functions and
ensure that the request is not deleted in the requeue function.
Trigger the device tasklet in the requeue function and let the normal
processing cleanup the request.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-02-19 08:00:06 +01:00
Linus Torvalds
2439f9766d virtio: bugfixes
This includes a bugfix for virtio 9p fs.
 It also fixes hybernation for s390 guests with virtio devices.
 
 Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQEcBAABAgAGBQJahJ2jAAoJECgfDbjSjVRpGbsIAKvK50iQK/5Qe0X78DCv/9pW
 gVkW29bAKG8D8JcI/EViLFW3IgeDM1a2fcbCoSiOTzydAf6nMTI0vZqURopQbXKC
 teJw7PwHjaZ9Y3IL/mzMODrhZvZrl9iI2yAQoZqoeCeaX76t5k8kYB35U4Uuiw7Y
 gKWOpuOPEZx2mKrPCmIN2X0VrETJz122bNyb5DB+V4oLAx/9PolGGiGBmyu61pv/
 Fx1PQ6at8/M+74tFeeFwKbuUf5GmdanqPVCZlJJPKa2acaRtBFhI01OhBMIxAUYj
 9+1dzp5E4KjmGbz7Fd3dsleRLCV/q4E8gDWLbZVx4p2vVsp7edxk/29kcSVrhlE=
 =c8q9
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost

Pull virtio fixes from Michael Tsirkin:
 "This includes a bugfix for virtio 9p fs. It also fixes hybernation for
  s390 guests with virtio devices"

* tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost:
  virtio/s390: implement PM operations for virtio_ccw
  9p/trans_virtio: discard zero-length reply
2018-02-15 14:29:27 -08:00
Christian Borntraeger
fa08a3b4eb virtio/s390: implement PM operations for virtio_ccw
Suspend/Resume to/from disk currently fails. Let us wire
up the necessary callbacks. This is mostly just forwarding
the requests to the virtio drivers. The only thing that
has to be done in virtio_ccw itself is to re-set the
virtio revision.

Suggested-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <20171207141102.70190-2-borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com>
[CH: merged <20171218083706.223836-1-borntraeger@de.ibm.com> to fix
!CONFIG_PM configs]
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
2018-02-14 14:34:09 +02:00
Linus Torvalds
a9a08845e9 vfs: do bulk POLL* -> EPOLL* replacement
This is the mindless scripted replacement of kernel use of POLL*
variables as described by Al, done by this script:

    for V in IN OUT PRI ERR RDNORM RDBAND WRNORM WRBAND HUP RDHUP NVAL MSG; do
        L=`git grep -l -w POLL$V | grep -v '^t' | grep -v /um/ | grep -v '^sa' | grep -v '/poll.h$'|grep -v '^D'`
        for f in $L; do sed -i "-es/^\([^\"]*\)\(\<POLL$V\>\)/\\1E\\2/" $f; done
    done

with de-mangling cleanups yet to come.

NOTE! On almost all architectures, the EPOLL* constants have the same
values as the POLL* constants do.  But they keyword here is "almost".
For various bad reasons they aren't the same, and epoll() doesn't
actually work quite correctly in some cases due to this on Sparc et al.

The next patch from Al will sort out the final differences, and we
should be all done.

Scripted-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2018-02-11 14:34:03 -08:00
Linus Torvalds
15303ba5d1 KVM changes for 4.16
ARM:
 - Include icache invalidation optimizations, improving VM startup time
 
 - Support for forwarded level-triggered interrupts, improving
   performance for timers and passthrough platform devices
 
 - A small fix for power-management notifiers, and some cosmetic changes
 
 PPC:
 - Add MMIO emulation for vector loads and stores
 
 - Allow HPT guests to run on a radix host on POWER9 v2.2 CPUs without
   requiring the complex thread synchronization of older CPU versions
 
 - Improve the handling of escalation interrupts with the XIVE interrupt
   controller
 
 - Support decrement register migration
 
 - Various cleanups and bugfixes.
 
 s390:
 - Cornelia Huck passed maintainership to Janosch Frank
 
 - Exitless interrupts for emulated devices
 
 - Cleanup of cpuflag handling
 
 - kvm_stat counter improvements
 
 - VSIE improvements
 
 - mm cleanup
 
 x86:
 - Hypervisor part of SEV
 
 - UMIP, RDPID, and MSR_SMI_COUNT emulation
 
 - Paravirtualized TLB shootdown using the new KVM_VCPU_PREEMPTED bit
 
 - Allow guests to see TOPOEXT, GFNI, VAES, VPCLMULQDQ, and more AVX512
   features
 
 - Show vcpu id in its anonymous inode name
 
 - Many fixes and cleanups
 
 - Per-VCPU MSR bitmaps (already merged through x86/pti branch)
 
 - Stable KVM clock when nesting on Hyper-V (merged through x86/hyperv)
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQEcBAABCAAGBQJafvMtAAoJEED/6hsPKofo6YcH/Rzf2RmshrWaC3q82yfIV0Qz
 Z8N8yJHSaSdc3Jo6cmiVj0zelwAxdQcyjwlT7vxt5SL2yML+/Q0st9Hc3EgGGXPm
 Il99eJEl+2MYpZgYZqV8ff3mHS5s5Jms+7BITAeh6Rgt+DyNbykEAvzt+MCHK9cP
 xtsIZQlvRF7HIrpOlaRzOPp3sK2/MDZJ1RBE7wYItK3CUAmsHim/LVYKzZkRTij3
 /9b4LP1yMMbziG+Yxt1o682EwJB5YIat6fmDG9uFeEVI5rWWN7WFubqs8gCjYy/p
 FX+BjpOdgTRnX+1m9GIj0Jlc/HKMXryDfSZS07Zy4FbGEwSiI5SfKECub4mDhuE=
 =C/uD
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'kvm-4.16-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/virt/kvm/kvm

Pull KVM updates from Radim Krčmář:
 "ARM:

   - icache invalidation optimizations, improving VM startup time

   - support for forwarded level-triggered interrupts, improving
     performance for timers and passthrough platform devices

   - a small fix for power-management notifiers, and some cosmetic
     changes

  PPC:

   - add MMIO emulation for vector loads and stores

   - allow HPT guests to run on a radix host on POWER9 v2.2 CPUs without
     requiring the complex thread synchronization of older CPU versions

   - improve the handling of escalation interrupts with the XIVE
     interrupt controller

   - support decrement register migration

   - various cleanups and bugfixes.

  s390:

   - Cornelia Huck passed maintainership to Janosch Frank

   - exitless interrupts for emulated devices

   - cleanup of cpuflag handling

   - kvm_stat counter improvements

   - VSIE improvements

   - mm cleanup

  x86:

   - hypervisor part of SEV

   - UMIP, RDPID, and MSR_SMI_COUNT emulation

   - paravirtualized TLB shootdown using the new KVM_VCPU_PREEMPTED bit

   - allow guests to see TOPOEXT, GFNI, VAES, VPCLMULQDQ, and more
     AVX512 features

   - show vcpu id in its anonymous inode name

   - many fixes and cleanups

   - per-VCPU MSR bitmaps (already merged through x86/pti branch)

   - stable KVM clock when nesting on Hyper-V (merged through
     x86/hyperv)"

* tag 'kvm-4.16-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/virt/kvm/kvm: (197 commits)
  KVM: PPC: Book3S: Add MMIO emulation for VMX instructions
  KVM: PPC: Book3S HV: Branch inside feature section
  KVM: PPC: Book3S HV: Make HPT resizing work on POWER9
  KVM: PPC: Book3S HV: Fix handling of secondary HPTEG in HPT resizing code
  KVM: PPC: Book3S PR: Fix broken select due to misspelling
  KVM: x86: don't forget vcpu_put() in kvm_arch_vcpu_ioctl_set_sregs()
  KVM: PPC: Book3S PR: Fix svcpu copying with preemption enabled
  KVM: PPC: Book3S HV: Drop locks before reading guest memory
  kvm: x86: remove efer_reload entry in kvm_vcpu_stat
  KVM: x86: AMD Processor Topology Information
  x86/kvm/vmx: do not use vm-exit instruction length for fast MMIO when running nested
  kvm: embed vcpu id to dentry of vcpu anon inode
  kvm: Map PFN-type memory regions as writable (if possible)
  x86/kvm: Make it compile on 32bit and with HYPYERVISOR_GUEST=n
  KVM: arm/arm64: Fixup userspace irqchip static key optimization
  KVM: arm/arm64: Fix userspace_irqchip_in_use counting
  KVM: arm/arm64: Fix incorrect timer_is_pending logic
  MAINTAINERS: update KVM/s390 maintainers
  MAINTAINERS: add Halil as additional vfio-ccw maintainer
  MAINTAINERS: add David as a reviewer for KVM/s390
  ...
2018-02-10 13:16:35 -08:00
Linus Torvalds
c839682c71 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:

 1) Make allocations less aggressive in x_tables, from Minchal Hocko.

 2) Fix netfilter flowtable Kconfig deps, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.

 3) Fix connection loss problems in rtlwifi, from Larry Finger.

 4) Correct DRAM dump length for some chips in ath10k driver, from Yu
    Wang.

 5) Fix ABORT handling in rxrpc, from David Howells.

 6) Add SPDX tags to Sun networking drivers, from Shannon Nelson.

 7) Some ipv6 onlink handling fixes, from David Ahern.

 8) Netem packet scheduler interval calcualtion fix from Md. Islam.

 9) Don't put crypto buffers on-stack in rxrpc, from David Howells.

10) Fix handling of error non-delivery status in netlink multicast
    delivery over multiple namespaces, from Nicolas Dichtel.

11) Missing xdp flush in tuntap driver, from Jason Wang.

12) Synchonize RDS protocol netns/module teardown with rds object
    management, from Sowini Varadhan.

13) Add nospec annotations to mpls, from Dan Williams.

14) Fix SKB truesize handling in TIPC, from Hoang Le.

15) Interrupt masking fixes in stammc from Niklas Cassel.

16) Don't allow ptr_ring objects to be sized outside of kmalloc's
    limits, from Jason Wang.

17) Don't allow SCTP chunks to be built which will have a length
    exceeding the chunk header's 16-bit length field, from Alexey
    Kodanev.

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (82 commits)
  ibmvnic: Remove skb->protocol checks in ibmvnic_xmit
  bpf: fix rlimit in reuseport net selftest
  sctp: verify size of a new chunk in _sctp_make_chunk()
  s390/qeth: fix SETIP command handling
  s390/qeth: fix underestimated count of buffer elements
  ptr_ring: try vmalloc() when kmalloc() fails
  ptr_ring: fail early if queue occupies more than KMALLOC_MAX_SIZE
  net: stmmac: remove redundant enable of PMT irq
  net: stmmac: rename GMAC_INT_DEFAULT_MASK for dwmac4
  net: stmmac: discard disabled flags in interrupt status register
  ibmvnic: Reset long term map ID counter
  tools/libbpf: handle issues with bpf ELF objects containing .eh_frames
  selftests/bpf: add selftest that use test_libbpf_open
  selftests/bpf: add test program for loading BPF ELF files
  tools/libbpf: improve the pr_debug statements to contain section numbers
  bpf: Sync kernel ABI header with tooling header for bpf_common.h
  net: phy: fix phy_start to consider PHY_IGNORE_INTERRUPT
  net: thunder: change q_len's type to handle max ring size
  tipc: fix skb truesize/datasize ratio control
  net/sched: cls_u32: fix cls_u32 on filter replace
  ...
2018-02-09 15:34:18 -08:00
Julian Wiedmann
1c5b2216fb s390/qeth: fix SETIP command handling
send_control_data() applies some special handling to SETIP v4 IPA
commands. But current code parses *all* command types for the SETIP
command code. Limit the command code check to IPA commands.

Fixes: 5b54e16f1a ("qeth: do not spin for SETIP ip assist command")
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-09 14:30:23 -05:00
Ursula Braun
89271c65ed s390/qeth: fix underestimated count of buffer elements
For a memory range/skb where the last byte falls onto a page boundary
(ie. 'end' is of the form xxx...xxx001), the PFN_UP() part of the
calculation currently doesn't round up to the next PFN due to an
off-by-one error.
Thus qeth believes that the skb occupies one page less than it
actually does, and may select a IO buffer that doesn't have enough spare
buffer elements to fit all of the skb's data.
HW detects this as a malformed buffer descriptor, and raises an
exception which then triggers device recovery.

Fixes: 2863c61334 ("qeth: refactor calculation of SBALE count")
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-09 14:30:23 -05:00
Linus Torvalds
dff839f27d Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/s390/linux
Pull s390 updates from Heiko Carstens:
 "The main thing in this merge is the defense for the Spectre
  vulnerabilities. But there are other updates as well, the changes in
  more detail:

   - An s390 specific implementation of the array_index_mask_nospec
     function to the defense against spectre v1

   - Two patches to utilize the new PPA-12/PPA-13 instructions to run
     the kernel and/or user space with reduced branch predicton.

   - The s390 variant of the 'retpoline' spectre v2 defense called
     'expoline'. There is no return instruction for s390, instead an
     indirect branch is used for function return

     The s390 defense mechanism for indirect branches works by using an
     execute-type instruction with the indirect branch as the target of
     the execute. In effect that turns off the prediction for the
     indirect branch.

   - Scrub registers in entry.S that contain user controlled values to
     prevent the speculative use of these values.

   - Re-add the second parameter for the s390 specific runtime
     instrumentation system call and move the header file to uapi. The
     second parameter will continue to do nothing but older kernel
     versions only accepted valid real-time signal numbers. The details
     will be documented in the man-page for the system call.

   - Corrections and improvements for the s390 specific documentation

   - Add a line to /proc/sysinfo to display the CPU model dependent
     license-internal-code identifier

   - A header file include fix for eadm.

   - An error message fix in the kprobes code.

   - The removal of an outdated ARCH_xxx select statement"

* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/s390/linux:
  s390/kconfig: Remove ARCH_WANTS_PROT_NUMA_PROT_NONE select
  s390: introduce execute-trampolines for branches
  s390: run user space and KVM guests with modified branch prediction
  s390: add options to change branch prediction behaviour for the kernel
  s390/alternative: use a copy of the facility bit mask
  s390: add optimized array_index_mask_nospec
  s390: scrub registers on kernel entry and KVM exit
  s390/cio: fix kernel-doc usage
  s390/runtime_instrumentation: re-add signum system call parameter
  s390/cpum_cf: correct counter number of LAST_HOST_TRANSLATIONS
  s390/kprobes: Fix %p uses in error messages
  s390/runtime instrumentation: provide uapi header file
  s390/sysinfo: add and display licensed internal code identifier
  s390/docs: reword airq section
  s390/docs: mention subchannel types
  s390/cmf: fix kerneldoc
  s390/eadm: fix CONFIG_BLOCK include dependency
2018-02-09 09:58:37 -08:00
Martin Schwidefsky
f19fbd5ed6 s390: introduce execute-trampolines for branches
Add CONFIG_EXPOLINE to enable the use of the new -mindirect-branch= and
-mfunction_return= compiler options to create a kernel fortified against
the specte v2 attack.

With CONFIG_EXPOLINE=y all indirect branches will be issued with an
execute type instruction. For z10 or newer the EXRL instruction will
be used, for older machines the EX instruction. The typical indirect
call

	basr	%r14,%r1

is replaced with a PC relative call to a new thunk

	brasl	%r14,__s390x_indirect_jump_r1

The thunk contains the EXRL/EX instruction to the indirect branch

__s390x_indirect_jump_r1:
	exrl	0,0f
	j	.
0:	br	%r1

The detour via the execute type instruction has a performance impact.
To get rid of the detour the new kernel parameter "nospectre_v2" and
"spectre_v2=[on,off,auto]" can be used. If the parameter is specified
the kernel and module code will be patched at runtime.

Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-02-07 15:57:02 +01:00
Linus Torvalds
3ff1b28caa libnvdimm for 4.16
* Require struct page by default for filesystem DAX to remove a number of
   surprising failure cases.  This includes failures with direct I/O, gdb and
   fork(2).
 
 * Add support for the new Platform Capabilities Structure added to the NFIT in
   ACPI 6.2a.  This new table tells us whether the platform supports flushing
   of CPU and memory controller caches on unexpected power loss events.
 
 * Revamp vmem_altmap and dev_pagemap handling to clean up code and better
   support future future PCI P2P uses.
 
 * Deprecate the ND_IOCTL_SMART_THRESHOLD command whose payload has become
   out-of-sync with recent versions of the NVDIMM_FAMILY_INTEL spec, and
   instead rely on the generic ND_CMD_CALL approach used by the two other IOCTL
   families, NVDIMM_FAMILY_{HPE,MSFT}.
 
 * Enhance nfit_test so we can test some of the new things added in version 1.6
   of the DSM specification.  This includes testing firmware download and
   simulating the Last Shutdown State (LSS) status.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJaeOg0AAoJEJ/BjXdf9fLBAFoQAI/IgcgJ2h9lfEpgjBRTC44t
 2p8dxwT1Ofw3Y1aR/tI8nYRXjRtAGuP4UIeRVnb1CL/N7PagJyoMGU+6hmzg+ptY
 c7cEDvw6nZOhrFwXx/xn7R53sYG8zH+UE6+jTR/PP/G4mQJfFCg4iF9R72Y7z0n7
 aurf82Kz137NPUy6dNr4V9bmPMJWAaOci9WOj5SKddR5ZSNbjoxylTwQRvre5y4r
 7HQTScEkirABOdSf1JoXTSUXCH/RC9UFFXR03ScHstGb1HjCj3KdcicVc50Q++Ub
 qsEudhE6i44PEW1Hh4Qkg6hjHMEa8qHP+ShBuRuVaUmlghYTQn66niJAYLZilwdz
 EVjE7vR+toHA5g3YCalEmYVutUEhIDkh/xfpd7vM6ZorUGJy95a2elEJs2fHBffC
 gEhnCip7FROPcK5RDNUM8hBgnG/q5wwWPQMKY+6rKDZQx3mXssCrKp2Vlx7kBwMG
 rpblkEpYjPonbLEHxsSU8yTg9Uq55ciIWgnOToffcjZvjbihi8WUVlHcwHUMPf/o
 DWElg+4qmG0Sdd4S2NeAGwTl1Ewrf2RrtUGMjHtH4OUFs1wo6ZmfrxFzzMfoZ1Od
 ko/s65v4uwtTzECh2o+XQaNsReR5YETXxmA40N/Jpo7/7twABIoZ/ASvj/3ZBYj+
 sie+u2rTod8/gQWSfHpJ
 =MIMX
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'libnvdimm-for-4.16' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/nvdimm/nvdimm

Pull libnvdimm updates from Ross Zwisler:

 - Require struct page by default for filesystem DAX to remove a number
   of surprising failure cases. This includes failures with direct I/O,
   gdb and fork(2).

 - Add support for the new Platform Capabilities Structure added to the
   NFIT in ACPI 6.2a. This new table tells us whether the platform
   supports flushing of CPU and memory controller caches on unexpected
   power loss events.

 - Revamp vmem_altmap and dev_pagemap handling to clean up code and
   better support future future PCI P2P uses.

 - Deprecate the ND_IOCTL_SMART_THRESHOLD command whose payload has
   become out-of-sync with recent versions of the NVDIMM_FAMILY_INTEL
   spec, and instead rely on the generic ND_CMD_CALL approach used by
   the two other IOCTL families, NVDIMM_FAMILY_{HPE,MSFT}.

 - Enhance nfit_test so we can test some of the new things added in
   version 1.6 of the DSM specification. This includes testing firmware
   download and simulating the Last Shutdown State (LSS) status.

* tag 'libnvdimm-for-4.16' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/nvdimm/nvdimm: (37 commits)
  libnvdimm, namespace: remove redundant initialization of 'nd_mapping'
  acpi, nfit: fix register dimm error handling
  libnvdimm, namespace: make min namespace size 4K
  tools/testing/nvdimm: force nfit_test to depend on instrumented modules
  libnvdimm/nfit_test: adding support for unit testing enable LSS status
  libnvdimm/nfit_test: add firmware download emulation
  nfit-test: Add platform cap support from ACPI 6.2a to test
  libnvdimm: expose platform persistence attribute for nd_region
  acpi: nfit: add persistent memory control flag for nd_region
  acpi: nfit: Add support for detect platform CPU cache flush on power loss
  device-dax: Fix trailing semicolon
  libnvdimm, btt: fix uninitialized err_lock
  dax: require 'struct page' by default for filesystem dax
  ext2: auto disable dax instead of failing mount
  ext4: auto disable dax instead of failing mount
  mm, dax: introduce pfn_t_special()
  mm: Fix devm_memremap_pages() collision handling
  mm: Fix memory size alignment in devm_memremap_pages_release()
  memremap: merge find_dev_pagemap into get_dev_pagemap
  memremap: change devm_memremap_pages interface to use struct dev_pagemap
  ...
2018-02-06 10:41:33 -08:00
Sebastian Ott
364e3f90f8 s390/cio: fix kernel-doc usage
Fix the kernel-doc usage in cio to get rid of (W=1) build warnings like:
drivers/s390/cio/cio.c:1068: warning: No description found for parameter 'sch'

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-02-05 07:34:52 +01:00
Ross Zwisler
ee95f4059a Merge branch 'for-4.16/nfit' into libnvdimm-for-next 2018-02-03 00:26:26 -07:00
Cornelia Huck
f3ea8419b9 s390/cmf: fix kerneldoc
Make sure we use proper Return sections, and make the output
for cmf_enable() less odd.

Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-02-02 10:47:14 +01:00
Linus Torvalds
47fcc0360c Driver Core updates for 4.16-rc1
Here is the set of "big" driver core patches for 4.16-rc1.
 
 The majority of the work here is in the firmware subsystem, with reworks
 to try to attempt to make the code easier to handle in the long run, but
 no functional change.  There's also some tree-wide sysfs attribute
 fixups with lots of acks from the various subsystem maintainers, as well
 as a handful of other normal fixes and changes.
 
 And finally, some license cleanups for the driver core and sysfs code.
 
 All have been in linux-next for a while with no reported issues.
 
 Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCWnLvPw8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
 aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ynNzACgkzjPoBytJWbpWFt6SR6L33/u4kEAnRFvVCGL
 s6ygQPQhZIjKk2Lxa2hC
 =Zihy
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'driver-core-4.16-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core

Pull driver core updates from Greg KH:
 "Here is the set of "big" driver core patches for 4.16-rc1.

  The majority of the work here is in the firmware subsystem, with
  reworks to try to attempt to make the code easier to handle in the
  long run, but no functional change. There's also some tree-wide sysfs
  attribute fixups with lots of acks from the various subsystem
  maintainers, as well as a handful of other normal fixes and changes.

  And finally, some license cleanups for the driver core and sysfs code.

  All have been in linux-next for a while with no reported issues"

* tag 'driver-core-4.16-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (48 commits)
  device property: Define type of PROPERTY_ENRTY_*() macros
  device property: Reuse property_entry_free_data()
  device property: Move property_entry_free_data() upper
  firmware: Fix up docs referring to FIRMWARE_IN_KERNEL
  firmware: Drop FIRMWARE_IN_KERNEL Kconfig option
  USB: serial: keyspan: Drop firmware Kconfig options
  sysfs: remove DEBUG defines
  sysfs: use SPDX identifiers
  drivers: base: add coredump driver ops
  sysfs: add attribute specification for /sysfs/devices/.../coredump
  test_firmware: fix missing unlock on error in config_num_requests_store()
  test_firmware: make local symbol test_fw_config static
  sysfs: turn WARN() into pr_warn()
  firmware: Fix a typo in fallback-mechanisms.rst
  treewide: Use DEVICE_ATTR_WO
  treewide: Use DEVICE_ATTR_RO
  treewide: Use DEVICE_ATTR_RW
  sysfs.h: Use octal permissions
  component: add debugfs support
  bus: simple-pm-bus: convert bool SIMPLE_PM_BUS to tristate
  ...
2018-02-01 10:00:28 -08:00
Linus Torvalds
ca0c836d88 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/s390/linux
Pull s390 updates from Martin Schwidefsky:
 "Bug fixes, small improvements and one notable change: the system call
  table and the unistd.h header are now generated automatically with a
  shell script from a text file"

* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/s390/linux:
  s390/decompressor: discard __ksymtab and .eh_frame sections
  s390: fix handling of -1 in set{,fs}[gu]id16 syscalls
  s390/tools: generate header files in arch/s390/include/generated/
  s390/syscalls: use generated syscall_table.h and unistd.h header files
  s390/syscalls: add Makefile to generate system call header files
  s390/syscalls: add syscalltbl script
  s390/syscalls: add system call table
  s390/decompressor: swap .text and .rodata.compressed sections
  s390/sclp: fix .data section specification
  s390/ipl: avoid usage of __section(.data)
  s390/head: replace hard coded values with constants
  s390/disassembler: add generated gen_opcode_table tool to .gitignore
  s390: remove bogus system call table entries
  s390/kprobes: remove duplicate includes
  s390/dasd: Remove dead return code checks
  s390/dasd: Simplify code
  s390/vdso: revise CFI annotations of vDSO functions
  s390/kernel: emit CFI data in .debug_frame and discard .eh_frame sections
2018-02-01 09:31:04 -08:00
Radim Krčmář
7bf14c28ee Merge branch 'x86/hyperv' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip
Topic branch for stable KVM clockource under Hyper-V.

Thanks to Christoffer Dall for resolving the ARM conflict.
2018-02-01 15:04:17 +01:00
Linus Torvalds
b2fe5fa686 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next
Pull networking updates from David Miller:

 1) Significantly shrink the core networking routing structures. Result
    of http://vger.kernel.org/~davem/seoul2017_netdev_keynote.pdf

 2) Add netdevsim driver for testing various offloads, from Jakub
    Kicinski.

 3) Support cross-chip FDB operations in DSA, from Vivien Didelot.

 4) Add a 2nd listener hash table for TCP, similar to what was done for
    UDP. From Martin KaFai Lau.

 5) Add eBPF based queue selection to tun, from Jason Wang.

 6) Lockless qdisc support, from John Fastabend.

 7) SCTP stream interleave support, from Xin Long.

 8) Smoother TCP receive autotuning, from Eric Dumazet.

 9) Lots of erspan tunneling enhancements, from William Tu.

10) Add true function call support to BPF, from Alexei Starovoitov.

11) Add explicit support for GRO HW offloading, from Michael Chan.

12) Support extack generation in more netlink subsystems. From Alexander
    Aring, Quentin Monnet, and Jakub Kicinski.

13) Add 1000BaseX, flow control, and EEE support to mvneta driver. From
    Russell King.

14) Add flow table abstraction to netfilter, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.

15) Many improvements and simplifications to the NFP driver bpf JIT,
    from Jakub Kicinski.

16) Support for ipv6 non-equal cost multipath routing, from Ido
    Schimmel.

17) Add resource abstration to devlink, from Arkadi Sharshevsky.

18) Packet scheduler classifier shared filter block support, from Jiri
    Pirko.

19) Avoid locking in act_csum, from Davide Caratti.

20) devinet_ioctl() simplifications from Al viro.

21) More TCP bpf improvements from Lawrence Brakmo.

22) Add support for onlink ipv6 route flag, similar to ipv4, from David
    Ahern.

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1925 commits)
  tls: Add support for encryption using async offload accelerator
  ip6mr: fix stale iterator
  net/sched: kconfig: Remove blank help texts
  openvswitch: meter: Use 64-bit arithmetic instead of 32-bit
  tcp_nv: fix potential integer overflow in tcpnv_acked
  r8169: fix RTL8168EP take too long to complete driver initialization.
  qmi_wwan: Add support for Quectel EP06
  rtnetlink: enable IFLA_IF_NETNSID for RTM_NEWLINK
  ipmr: Fix ptrdiff_t print formatting
  ibmvnic: Wait for device response when changing MAC
  qlcnic: fix deadlock bug
  tcp: release sk_frag.page in tcp_disconnect
  ipv4: Get the address of interface correctly.
  net_sched: gen_estimator: fix lockdep splat
  net: macb: Handle HRESP error
  net/mlx5e: IPoIB, Fix copy-paste bug in flow steering refactoring
  ipv6: addrconf: break critical section in addrconf_verify_rtnl()
  ipv6: change route cache aging logic
  i40e/i40evf: Update DESC_NEEDED value to reflect larger value
  bnxt_en: cleanup DIM work on device shutdown
  ...
2018-01-31 14:31:10 -08:00
Linus Torvalds
168fe32a07 Merge branch 'misc.poll' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs
Pull poll annotations from Al Viro:
 "This introduces a __bitwise type for POLL### bitmap, and propagates
  the annotations through the tree. Most of that stuff is as simple as
  'make ->poll() instances return __poll_t and do the same to local
  variables used to hold the future return value'.

  Some of the obvious brainos found in process are fixed (e.g. POLLIN
  misspelled as POLL_IN). At that point the amount of sparse warnings is
  low and most of them are for genuine bugs - e.g. ->poll() instance
  deciding to return -EINVAL instead of a bitmap. I hadn't touched those
  in this series - it's large enough as it is.

  Another problem it has caught was eventpoll() ABI mess; select.c and
  eventpoll.c assumed that corresponding POLL### and EPOLL### were
  equal. That's true for some, but not all of them - EPOLL### are
  arch-independent, but POLL### are not.

  The last commit in this series separates userland POLL### values from
  the (now arch-independent) kernel-side ones, converting between them
  in the few places where they are copied to/from userland. AFAICS, this
  is the least disruptive fix preserving poll(2) ABI and making epoll()
  work on all architectures.

  As it is, it's simply broken on sparc - try to give it EPOLLWRNORM and
  it will trigger only on what would've triggered EPOLLWRBAND on other
  architectures. EPOLLWRBAND and EPOLLRDHUP, OTOH, are never triggered
  at all on sparc. With this patch they should work consistently on all
  architectures"

* 'misc.poll' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (37 commits)
  make kernel-side POLL... arch-independent
  eventpoll: no need to mask the result of epi_item_poll() again
  eventpoll: constify struct epoll_event pointers
  debugging printk in sg_poll() uses %x to print POLL... bitmap
  annotate poll(2) guts
  9p: untangle ->poll() mess
  ->si_band gets POLL... bitmap stored into a user-visible long field
  ring_buffer_poll_wait() return value used as return value of ->poll()
  the rest of drivers/*: annotate ->poll() instances
  media: annotate ->poll() instances
  fs: annotate ->poll() instances
  ipc, kernel, mm: annotate ->poll() instances
  net: annotate ->poll() instances
  apparmor: annotate ->poll() instances
  tomoyo: annotate ->poll() instances
  sound: annotate ->poll() instances
  acpi: annotate ->poll() instances
  crypto: annotate ->poll() instances
  block: annotate ->poll() instances
  x86: annotate ->poll() instances
  ...
2018-01-30 17:58:07 -08:00
Michael Mueller
9e73ea7056 s390/sclp: expose the GISA format facility
The GISA format facility is required by the host to be able to process
a format-1 GISA. If not available, the used GISA format will be format-0.
All format-1 related extension will not be available in this case.

Signed-off-by: Michael Mueller <mimu@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Pierre Morel <pmorel@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
2018-01-26 14:13:57 +01:00
Vasily Gorbik
401a0b8c20 s390/sclp: fix .data section specification
"__section(data)" has to be "__section(.data)". __section(data)
produces extra "data" section in addition to ".data" section.

Signed-off-by: Vasily Gorbik <gor@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-01-23 07:36:48 +01:00
Jan Höppner
d62f7abcf3 s390/dasd: Remove dead return code checks
In dasd_term_IO() ccw_device_clear() is called and the return code is
checked afterwards. Though, the return codes -EIO and -EBUSY will never
be returned and can therefore be removed from the check.

In dasd_start_IO() the return code of either ccw_device_tm_start() or
ccw_device_start() is checked. However, neither of them returns
-ETIMEDOUT. Remove that check as well.

Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-01-23 07:36:43 +01:00
Christophe JAILLET
c7848e14f4 s390/dasd: Simplify code
Use 'seq_printf(m, "...%*phN...")' instead of duplicating its
implementation.

Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-01-23 07:36:41 +01:00
Dan Williams
569d0365f5 dax: require 'struct page' by default for filesystem dax
If a dax buffer from a device that does not map pages is passed to
read(2) or write(2) as a target for direct-I/O it triggers SIGBUS. If
gdb attempts to examine the contents of a dax buffer from a device that
does not map pages it triggers SIGBUS. If fork(2) is called on a process
with a dax mapping from a device that does not map pages it triggers
SIGBUS. 'struct page' is required otherwise several kernel code paths
break in surprising ways. Disable filesystem-dax on devices that do not
map pages.

In addition to needing pfn_to_page() to be valid we also require devmap
pages.  We need this to detect dax pages in the get_user_pages_fast()
path and so that we can stop managing the VM_MIXEDMAP flag. For DAX
drivers that have not supported get_user_pages() to date we allow them
to opt-in to supporting DAX with the CONFIG_FS_DAX_LIMITED configuration
option which requires ->direct_access() to return pfn_t_special() pfns.
This leaves DAX support in brd disabled and scheduled for removal.

Note that when the initial dax support was being merged a few years back
there was concern that struct page was unsuitable for use with next
generation persistent memory devices. The theoretical concern was that
struct page access, being such a hotly used data structure in the
kernel, would lead to media wear out. While that was a reasonable
conservative starting position it has not held true in practice. We have
long since committed to using devm_memremap_pages() to support higher
order kernel functionality that needs get_user_pages() and
pfn_to_page().


Cc: Jeff Moyer <jmoyer@redhat.com>
Cc: Ross Zwisler <ross.zwisler@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Gerald Schaefer <gerald.schaefer@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2018-01-19 16:50:53 -08:00
Dan Williams
785a3fab4a mm, dax: introduce pfn_t_special()
In support of removing the VM_MIXEDMAP indication from DAX VMAs,
introduce pfn_t_special() for drivers to indicate that _PAGE_SPECIAL
should be used for DAX ptes. This also helps identify drivers like
dccssblk that only want to use DAX in a read-only fashion without
get_user_pages() support.

Ideally we could delete axonram and dcssblk DAX support, but if we need
to keep it better make it explicit that axonram and dcssblk only support
a sub-set of DAX due to missing _PAGE_DEVMAP support.

Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2018-01-19 16:50:53 -08:00
David S. Miller
a0ce093180 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net 2018-01-09 10:37:00 -05:00
Joe Perches
c828a89203 treewide: Use DEVICE_ATTR_RO
Convert DEVICE_ATTR uses to DEVICE_ATTR_RO where possible.

Done with perl script:

$ git grep -w --name-only DEVICE_ATTR | \
  xargs perl -i -e 'local $/; while (<>) { s/\bDEVICE_ATTR\s*\(\s*(\w+)\s*,\s*\(?(?:\s*S_IRUGO\s*|\s*0444\s*)\)?\s*,\s*\1_show\s*,\s*NULL\s*\)/DEVICE_ATTR_RO(\1)/g; print;}'

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
Acked-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Acked-by: Sagi Grimberg <sagi@grimberg.me>
Acked-by: Zhang Rui <rui.zhang@intel.com>
Acked-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Jani Nikula <jani.nikula@intel.com>
Acked-by: Corey Minyard <cminyard@mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2018-01-09 16:34:34 +01:00
Joe Perches
b6b996b6cd treewide: Use DEVICE_ATTR_RW
Convert DEVICE_ATTR uses to DEVICE_ATTR_RW where possible.

Done with perl script:

$ git grep -w --name-only DEVICE_ATTR | \
  xargs perl -i -e 'local $/; while (<>) { s/\bDEVICE_ATTR\s*\(\s*(\w+)\s*,\s*\(?(\s*S_IRUGO\s*\|\s*S_IWUSR|\s*S_IWUSR\s*\|\s*S_IRUGO\s*|\s*0644\s*)\)?\s*,\s*\1_show\s*,\s*\1_store\s*\)/DEVICE_ATTR_RW(\1)/g; print;}'

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Felipe Balbi <felipe.balbi@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <b.zolnierkie@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Zhang Rui <rui.zhang@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jarkko Nikula <jarkko.nikula@bitmer.com>
Acked-by: Jani Nikula <jani.nikula@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2018-01-09 16:33:31 +01:00
Linus Torvalds
3eac690383 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/s390/linux
Pull s390 fixes from Martin Schwidefsky:
 "Four bug fixes"

* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/s390/linux:
  s390/dasd: fix wrongly assigned configuration data
  s390: fix preemption race in disable_sacf_uaccess
  s390/sclp: disable FORTIFY_SOURCE for early sclp code
  s390/pci: handle insufficient resources during dma tlb flush
2018-01-05 12:17:33 -08:00
Julian Wiedmann
615dff2283 s390/qeth: support early setup for z/VM NICs
The transport mode that a z/VM NIC is configured in, must match the
hypervisor-internal network which the NIC is coupled to.

To get this right automatically, have qeth issue a diag26c hypervisor call
that provides all sorts of information for a specific VNIC.
With z/VM update VM65918, this also includes the VNIC's required
transport mode.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-02 13:52:23 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
d2073ef340 s390/qeth: use common helper to display rxip/vipa
By parameterising the address type, we need just one helper that walks
the IP table and builds up the response string.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-02 13:52:22 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
b9ea525012 s390/qeth: improve error reporting on IP add/removal
When adding & removing IP entries for rxip/vipa/ipato/hsuid, forward any
resulting errors back to the sysfs-level caller.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-02 13:52:22 -05:00
Stefan Haberland
8a9bd4f8eb s390/dasd: fix wrongly assigned configuration data
We store per path and per device configuration data to identify the
path or device correctly. The per path configuration data might get
mixed up if the original request gets into error recovery and is
started with a random path mask.

This would lead to a wrong identification of a path in case of a CUIR
event for example.

Fix by copying the path mask from the original request to the error
recovery request in case it is a path verification request.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2018-01-02 13:47:01 +01:00
David S. Miller
fba961ab29 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Lots of overlapping changes.  Also on the net-next side
the XDP state management is handled more in the generic
layers so undo the 'net' nfp fix which isn't applicable
in net-next.

Include a necessary change by Jakub Kicinski, with log message:

====================
cls_bpf no longer takes care of offload tracking.  Make sure
netdevsim performs necessary checks.  This fixes a warning
caused by TC trying to remove a filter it has not added.

Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-22 11:16:31 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
556fd27186 s390/qeth: replace open-coded in*_pton()
There's a common helper for parsing an IP address string, let's use it.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-20 15:23:46 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
f6c131420a s390/qeth: pass full data length to l3_fill_header()
The TSO and IQD paths already need to fix-up the current values, and
OSA will require more flexibility in the future as well. So just let
the caller specify the data length.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-20 15:23:46 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
910a0a8fe3 s390/qeth: streamline l3_fill_header()
Consolidate the cast type translation, move the passthru path out of
the RCU-guarded section, and use the appropriate rtable helpers when
determining the next-hop address.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-20 15:23:46 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
a843383a3e s390/qeth: unionize next-hop field in qeth L3 header
The L3 packet descriptor's 'dest_addr' field is used for a different
purpose in RX descriptors. Clean up the hard-coded byte accesses and
try to be more self-documenting.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-20 15:23:45 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
a65d141043 s390/qeth: recognize non-IP multicast on L3 transmit
When
1. an skb has no neighbour, and
2. skb->protocol is not IP[V6],

we select the skb's cast type based on its destination MAC address.

The multicast check is currently restricted to Multicast IP-mapped MACs.
Extend it to also cover non-IP Multicast MACs.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-20 15:23:45 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
1f9791235b s390/qeth: clean up l3_get_cast_type()
Use the proper helpers to check for multicast IP addressing, and remove
some ancient Token Ring code.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-20 15:23:45 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
19e36da61a s390/qeth: robustify qeth_get_ip_version()
Instead of assuming that skb->data points to the Ethernet header, use
the right helper and struct to access the Ethertype field.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-20 15:23:45 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
00c163f142 s390/qeth: align L2 and L3 set_rx_mode() implementations
Once all of qeth_l3_set_rx_mode()'s single-use helpers are folded back
in, the two implementations actually look quite similar. So improve the
readability by converting both set_rx_mode() routines to a common
format.

This also allows us to walk ip_mc_htable just once, instead of three
times.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-20 15:23:45 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
99f0b85d5f s390/qeth: use ether_addr_* helpers
Be a little more self-documenting, and get rid of OSA_ADDR_LEN.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-20 15:23:45 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
8174aa8ace s390/qeth: consolidate qeth MAC address helpers
For adding/removing a MAC address, use just one helper each that
handles both unicast and multicast.
Saves one level of indirection for multicast addresses, while improving
the error reporting for unicast addresses.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-20 15:23:45 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
4641b027f7 s390/qeth: don't keep track of MAC address's cast type
Instead of tracking the uc/mc state in each MAC address object, just
check the multicast bit in the address itself.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-20 15:23:45 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
c062204f8d s390/qeth: drop CONFIG_QETH_IPV6
commit "s390/qeth: use ip*_eth_mc_map helpers" removed the last
occurrence of CONFIG_IPV6-dependent code.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-20 15:23:44 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
8d9183d6eb s390/qeth: use ip*_eth_mc_map helpers
Get rid of some wrapper indirection, and stop accessing the skb at
hard-coded offsets.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-20 15:23:44 -05:00
Elena Reshetova
ae6959273a qeth: convert qeth_reply.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t
atomic_t variables are currently used to implement reference
counters with the following properties:
 - counter is initialized to 1 using atomic_set()
 - a resource is freed upon counter reaching zero
 - once counter reaches zero, its further
   increments aren't allowed
 - counter schema uses basic atomic operations
   (set, inc, inc_not_zero, dec_and_test, etc.)

Such atomic variables should be converted to a newly provided
refcount_t type and API that prevents accidental counter overflows
and underflows. This is important since overflows and underflows
can lead to use-after-free situation and be exploitable.

The variable qeth_reply.refcnt is used as pure reference counter.
Convert it to refcount_t and fix up the operations.

Suggested-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
[jwi: removed the WARN_ONs. Use CONFIG_REFCOUNT_FULL if you care.]
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-20 15:23:44 -05:00
Elena Reshetova
c380cd5a00 net: convert lcs_reply.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t
atomic_t variables are currently used to implement reference
counters with the following properties:
 - counter is initialized to 1 using atomic_set()
 - a resource is freed upon counter reaching zero
 - once counter reaches zero, its further
   increments aren't allowed
 - counter schema uses basic atomic operations
   (set, inc, inc_not_zero, dec_and_test, etc.)

Such atomic variables should be converted to a newly provided
refcount_t type and API that prevents accidental counter overflows
and underflows. This is important since overflows and underflows
can lead to use-after-free situation and be exploitable.

The variable lcs_reply.refcnt is used as pure reference counter.
Convert it to refcount_t and fix up the operations.

Suggested-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
[jwi: removed the WARN_ONs. Use CONFIG_REFCOUNT_FULL if you care.]
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-20 15:23:44 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
ad3cbf6133 s390/qeth: fix error handling in checksum cmd callback
Make sure to check both return code fields before processing the
response. Otherwise we risk operating on invalid data.

Fixes: c9475369bd ("s390/qeth: rework RX/TX checksum offload")
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-20 15:11:49 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
02f510f326 s390/qeth: update takeover IPs after configuration change
Any modification to the takeover IP-ranges requires that we re-evaluate
which IP addresses are takeover-eligible. Otherwise we might do takeover
for some addresses when we no longer should, or vice-versa.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-15 11:29:43 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
8a03a3692b s390/qeth: lock IP table while applying takeover changes
Modifying the flags of an IP addr object needs to be protected against
eg. concurrent removal of the same object from the IP table.

Fixes: 5f78e29cee ("qeth: optimize IP handling in rx_mode callback")
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-15 11:29:43 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
b22d73d668 s390/qeth: don't apply takeover changes to RXIP
When takeover is switched off, current code clears the 'TAKEOVER' flag on
all IPs. But the flag is also used for RXIP addresses, and those should
not be affected by the takeover mode.
Fix the behaviour by consistenly applying takover logic to NORMAL
addresses only.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-15 11:29:43 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
7fbd9493f0 s390/qeth: apply takeover changes when mode is toggled
Just as for an explicit enable/disable, toggling the takeover mode also
requires that the IP addresses get updated. Otherwise all IPs that were
added to the table before the mode-toggle, get registered with the old
settings.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-15 11:29:42 -05:00
Heiko Carstens
366d821648 s390/sclp: disable FORTIFY_SOURCE for early sclp code
Michal Suchánek reported the following compile error with
FORTIFY_SOURCE enabled:

drivers/s390/char/sclp_early_core.o: In function `memcpy':
include/linux/string.h:340: undefined reference to `fortify_panic'

To fix this simply disable FORTIFY_SOURCE on the early sclp code as
well, which I forgot on the initial commit.

Fixes: 79962038df ("s390: add support for FORTIFY_SOURCE")
Reported-by: Michal Suchánek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-12-13 16:57:02 +01:00
Martin Schwidefsky
9fa1db4c75 s390: add a few more SPDX identifiers
Add the correct SPDX license to a few more files under arch/s390 and
drivers/s390 which have been missed to far.
The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used
instead of the full boiler plate text.

Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-12-05 07:51:09 +01:00
Stefan Haberland
da340f921d s390/dasd: prevent prefix I/O error
Prevent that a prefix flag is set based on invalid configuration data.
The validity.verify_base flag should only be set for alias devices.
Usually the unit address type is either one of base, PAV alias or
HyperPAV alias. But in cases where the unit address type is not set or
any other value the validity.verify_base flag might be set as well.
This would lead to follow on errors.
Explicitly check for alias devices and set the validity flag only for
them.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-12-05 07:51:08 +01:00
Arnd Bergmann
bd7a9b3757 s390/dasd: remove 'struct timespec' usage
getnstimeofday() and timespec are deprecated since they can
overflow on 32-bit architectures. This simply changes to the
explicitly typed timespec64 version that doesn't have that
problem.

It would be nice to also convert to monotonic timestamps
and call ktime_get_ts64() rather than ktime_get_real_ts64(),
but that would be a user-visible change.

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-12-05 07:51:08 +01:00
Julian Wiedmann
b23481fbfc s390/qdio: restrict target-full handling to IQDIO
The 'no target buffer empty' error code only applies to HiperSockets.
If this code is reported on a different queue type, be sure to make the
same amount of noise as for any other error code.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-12-05 07:51:08 +01:00
Julian Wiedmann
0b926ac304 s390/qdio: consider ERROR buffers for inbound-full condition
In the unlikely case that an ERROR buffer (presented by the HW)
consumed the last available slot on the input queue, increment the
corresponding statistics counter.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-12-05 07:51:08 +01:00
Linus Torvalds
236fa078c6 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:

 1) Various TCP control block fixes, including one that crashes with
    SELinux, from David Ahern and Eric Dumazet.

 2) Fix ACK generation in rxrpc, from David Howells.

 3) ipvlan doesn't set the mark properly in the ipv4 route lookup key,
    from Gao Feng.

 4) SIT configuration doesn't take on the frag_off ipv4 field
    configuration properly, fix from Hangbin Liu.

 5) TSO can fail after device down/up on stmmac, fix from Lars Persson.

 6) Various bpftool fixes (mostly in JSON handling) from Quentin Monnet.

 7) Various SKB leak fixes in vhost/tun/tap (mostly observed as
    performance problems). From Wei Xu.

 8) mvpps's TX descriptors were not zero initialized, from Yan Markman.

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (57 commits)
  tcp: use IPCB instead of TCP_SKB_CB in inet_exact_dif_match()
  tcp: add tcp_v4_fill_cb()/tcp_v4_restore_cb()
  rxrpc: Fix the MAINTAINERS record
  rxrpc: Use correct netns source in rxrpc_release_sock()
  liquidio: fix incorrect indentation of assignment statement
  stmmac: reset last TSO segment size after device open
  ipvlan: Add the skb->mark as flow4's member to lookup route
  s390/qeth: build max size GSO skbs on L2 devices
  s390/qeth: fix GSO throughput regression
  s390/qeth: fix thinko in IPv4 multicast address tracking
  tap: free skb if flags error
  tun: free skb in early errors
  vhost: fix skb leak in handle_rx()
  bnxt_en: Fix a variable scoping in bnxt_hwrm_do_send_msg()
  bnxt_en: fix dst/src fid for vxlan encap/decap actions
  bnxt_en: wildcard smac while creating tunnel decap filter
  bnxt_en: Need to unconditionally shut down RoCE in bnxt_shutdown
  phylink: ensure we take the link down when phylink_stop() is called
  sfp: warn about modules requiring address change sequence
  sfp: improve RX_LOS handling
  ...
2017-12-04 11:14:46 -08:00
Julian Wiedmann
0cbff6d454 s390/qeth: build max size GSO skbs on L2 devices
The current GSO skb size limit was copy&pasted over from the L3 path,
where it is needed due to a TSO limitation.
As L2 devices don't offer TSO support (and thus all GSO skbs are
segmented before they reach the driver), there's no reason to restrict
the stack in how large it may build the GSO skbs.

Fixes: d52aec97e5 ("qeth: enable scatter/gather in layer 2 mode")
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-02 21:35:21 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
6d69b1f1eb s390/qeth: fix GSO throughput regression
Using GSO with small MTUs currently results in a substantial throughput
regression - which is caused by how qeth needs to map non-linear skbs
into its IO buffer elements:
compared to a linear skb, each GSO-segmented skb effectively consumes
twice as many buffer elements (ie two instead of one) due to the
additional header-only part. This causes the Output Queue to be
congested with low-utilized IO buffers.

Fix this as follows:
If the MSS is low enough so that a non-SG GSO segmentation produces
order-0 skbs (currently ~3500 byte), opt out from NETIF_F_SG. This is
where we anticipate the biggest savings, since an SG-enabled
GSO segmentation produces skbs that always consume at least two
buffer elements.

Larger MSS values continue to get a SG-enabled GSO segmentation, since
1) the relative overhead of the additional header-only buffer element
becomes less noticeable, and
2) the linearization overhead increases.

With the throughput regression fixed, re-enable NETIF_F_SG by default to
reap the significant CPU savings of GSO.

Fixes: 5722963a8e ("qeth: do not turn on SG per default")
Reported-by: Nils Hoppmann <niho@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-02 21:35:21 -05:00
Julian Wiedmann
bc3ab70584 s390/qeth: fix thinko in IPv4 multicast address tracking
Commit 5f78e29cee ("qeth: optimize IP handling in rx_mode callback")
reworked how secondary addresses are managed for qeth devices.
Instead of dropping & subsequently re-adding all addresses on every
ndo_set_rx_mode() call, qeth now keeps track of the addresses that are
currently registered with the HW.
On a ndo_set_rx_mode(), we thus only need to do (de-)registration
requests for the addresses that have actually changed.

On L3 devices, the lookup for IPv4 Multicast addresses checks the wrong
hashtable - and thus never finds a match. As a result, we first delete
*all* such addresses, and then re-add them again. So each set_rx_mode()
causes a short period where the IPv4 Multicast addresses are not
registered, and the card stops forwarding inbound traffic for them.

Fix this by setting the ->is_multicast flag on the lookup object, thus
enabling qeth_l3_ip_from_hash() to search the correct hashtable and
find a match there.

Fixes: 5f78e29cee ("qeth: optimize IP handling in rx_mode callback")
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-02 21:35:20 -05:00
Linus Torvalds
22985bf59b Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/s390/linux
Pull s390 fixes from Martin Schwidefsky:

 - SPDX identifiers are added to more of the s390 specific files.

 - The ELF_ET_DYN_BASE base patch from Kees is reverted, with the change
   some old 31-bit programs crash.

 - Bug fixes and cleanups.

* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/s390/linux: (29 commits)
  s390/gs: add compat regset for the guarded storage broadcast control block
  s390: revert ELF_ET_DYN_BASE base changes
  s390: Remove redundant license text
  s390: crypto: Remove redundant license text
  s390: include: Remove redundant license text
  s390: kernel: Remove redundant license text
  s390: add SPDX identifiers to the remaining files
  s390: appldata: add SPDX identifiers to the remaining files
  s390: pci: add SPDX identifiers to the remaining files
  s390: mm: add SPDX identifiers to the remaining files
  s390: crypto: add SPDX identifiers to the remaining files
  s390: kernel: add SPDX identifiers to the remaining files
  s390: sthyi: add SPDX identifiers to the remaining files
  s390: drivers: Remove redundant license text
  s390: crypto: Remove redundant license text
  s390: virtio: add SPDX identifiers to the remaining files
  s390: scsi: zfcp_aux: add SPDX identifier
  s390: net: add SPDX identifiers to the remaining files
  s390: char: add SPDX identifiers to the remaining files
  s390: cio: add SPDX identifiers to the remaining files
  ...
2017-11-30 08:13:36 -08:00
Al Viro
afc9a42b74 the rest of drivers/*: annotate ->poll() instances
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2017-11-28 11:06:58 -05:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman
13d1d559f0 s390: drivers: Remove redundant license text
Now that the SPDX tag is in all drivers/s390/ files, that identifies the
license in a specific and legally-defined manner.  So the extra GPL text
wording can be removed as it is no longer needed at all.

This is done on a quest to remove the 700+ different ways that files in
the kernel describe the GPL license text.  And there's unneeded stuff
like the address (sometimes incorrect) for the FSF which is never
needed.

No copyright headers or other non-license-description text was removed.

Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Cc: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-11-24 14:28:47 +01:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman
0b622e60bc s390: crypto: Remove redundant license text
Now that the SPDX tag is in all drivers/s390/crypto/ files, that
identifies the license in a specific and legally-defined manner.  So the
extra GPL text wording can be removed as it is no longer needed at all.

This is done on a quest to remove the 700+ different ways that files in
the kernel describe the GPL license text.  And there's unneeded stuff
like the address (sometimes incorrect) for the FSF which is never
needed.

No copyright headers or other non-license-description text was removed.

Cc: Harald Freudenberger <freude@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-11-24 14:28:46 +01:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman
31fb16730a s390: virtio: add SPDX identifiers to the remaining files
It's good to have SPDX identifiers in all files to make it easier to
audit the kernel tree for correct licenses.

Update the drivers/s390/virtio/ files with the correct SPDX license
identifier based on the license text in the file itself.  The SPDX
identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of
the full boiler plate text.

This work is based on a script and data from Thomas Gleixner, Philippe
Ombredanne, and Kate Stewart.

Cc: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Cc: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-11-24 14:28:45 +01:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman
40bf411ee6 s390: scsi: zfcp_aux: add SPDX identifier
It's good to have SPDX identifiers in all files to make it easier to
audit the kernel tree for correct licenses.

Update the drivers/s390/scsi/zfcp_aux.c file with the correct SPDX
license identifier based on the license text in the file itself.  The
SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used
instead of the full boiler plate text.

This work is based on a script and data from Thomas Gleixner, Philippe
Ombredanne, and Kate Stewart.

Cc: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-11-24 14:28:44 +01:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman
ab9953ff0f s390: net: add SPDX identifiers to the remaining files
It's good to have SPDX identifiers in all files to make it easier to
audit the kernel tree for correct licenses.

Update the drivers/s390/net/ files with the correct SPDX license
identifier based on the license text in the file itself.  The SPDX
identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of
the full boiler plate text.

This work is based on a script and data from Thomas Gleixner, Philippe
Ombredanne, and Kate Stewart.

Cc: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-11-24 14:28:43 +01:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman
6f05e69e44 s390: char: add SPDX identifiers to the remaining files
It's good to have SPDX identifiers in all files to make it easier to
audit the kernel tree for correct licenses.

Update the drivers/s390/char/ files with the correct SPDX license
identifier based on the license text in the file itself.  The SPDX
identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of
the full boiler plate text.

This work is based on a script and data from Thomas Gleixner, Philippe
Ombredanne, and Kate Stewart.

Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-11-24 14:28:42 +01:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman
724117b77b s390: cio: add SPDX identifiers to the remaining files
It's good to have SPDX identifiers in all files to make it easier to
audit the kernel tree for correct licenses.

Update the drivers/s390/cio/ files with the correct SPDX license
identifier based on the license text in the file itself.  The SPDX
identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of
the full boiler plate text.

This work is based on a script and data from Thomas Gleixner, Philippe
Ombredanne, and Kate Stewart.

Cc: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Cc: Dong Jia Shi <bjsdjshi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-11-24 14:28:41 +01:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman
812141a9fe s390: crypto: add SPDX identifiers to the remaining files
It's good to have SPDX identifiers in all files to make it easier to
audit the kernel tree for correct licenses.

Update the drivers/s390/crypto/ files with the correct SPDX license
identifier based on the license text in the file itself.  The SPDX
identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of
the full boiler plate text.

This work is based on a script and data from Thomas Gleixner, Philippe
Ombredanne, and Kate Stewart.

Cc: Harald Freudenberger <freude@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-11-24 14:28:39 +01:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman
6a55d2cdf1 s390: block: add SPDX identifiers to the remaining files
It's good to have SPDX identifiers in all files to make it easier to
audit the kernel tree for correct licenses.

Update the drivers/s390/block/ files with the correct SPDX license
identifier based on the license text in the file itself.  The SPDX
identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of
the full boiler plate text.

This work is based on a script and data from Thomas Gleixner, Philippe
Ombredanne, and Kate Stewart.

Cc: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-11-24 14:28:37 +01:00
Kees Cook
841b86f328 treewide: Remove TIMER_FUNC_TYPE and TIMER_DATA_TYPE casts
With all callbacks converted, and the timer callback prototype
switched over, the TIMER_FUNC_TYPE cast is no longer needed,
so remove it. Conversion was done with the following scripts:

    perl -pi -e 's|\(TIMER_FUNC_TYPE\)||g' \
        $(git grep TIMER_FUNC_TYPE | cut -d: -f1 | sort -u)

    perl -pi -e 's|\(TIMER_DATA_TYPE\)||g' \
        $(git grep TIMER_DATA_TYPE | cut -d: -f1 | sort -u)

The now unused macros are also dropped from include/linux/timer.h.

Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
2017-11-21 16:35:54 -08:00
Kees Cook
e99e88a9d2 treewide: setup_timer() -> timer_setup()
This converts all remaining cases of the old setup_timer() API into using
timer_setup(), where the callback argument is the structure already
holding the struct timer_list. These should have no behavioral changes,
since they just change which pointer is passed into the callback with
the same available pointers after conversion. It handles the following
examples, in addition to some other variations.

Casting from unsigned long:

    void my_callback(unsigned long data)
    {
        struct something *ptr = (struct something *)data;
    ...
    }
    ...
    setup_timer(&ptr->my_timer, my_callback, ptr);

and forced object casts:

    void my_callback(struct something *ptr)
    {
    ...
    }
    ...
    setup_timer(&ptr->my_timer, my_callback, (unsigned long)ptr);

become:

    void my_callback(struct timer_list *t)
    {
        struct something *ptr = from_timer(ptr, t, my_timer);
    ...
    }
    ...
    timer_setup(&ptr->my_timer, my_callback, 0);

Direct function assignments:

    void my_callback(unsigned long data)
    {
        struct something *ptr = (struct something *)data;
    ...
    }
    ...
    ptr->my_timer.function = my_callback;

have a temporary cast added, along with converting the args:

    void my_callback(struct timer_list *t)
    {
        struct something *ptr = from_timer(ptr, t, my_timer);
    ...
    }
    ...
    ptr->my_timer.function = (TIMER_FUNC_TYPE)my_callback;

And finally, callbacks without a data assignment:

    void my_callback(unsigned long data)
    {
    ...
    }
    ...
    setup_timer(&ptr->my_timer, my_callback, 0);

have their argument renamed to verify they're unused during conversion:

    void my_callback(struct timer_list *unused)
    {
    ...
    }
    ...
    timer_setup(&ptr->my_timer, my_callback, 0);

The conversion is done with the following Coccinelle script:

spatch --very-quiet --all-includes --include-headers \
	-I ./arch/x86/include -I ./arch/x86/include/generated \
	-I ./include -I ./arch/x86/include/uapi \
	-I ./arch/x86/include/generated/uapi -I ./include/uapi \
	-I ./include/generated/uapi --include ./include/linux/kconfig.h \
	--dir . \
	--cocci-file ~/src/data/timer_setup.cocci

@fix_address_of@
expression e;
@@

 setup_timer(
-&(e)
+&e
 , ...)

// Update any raw setup_timer() usages that have a NULL callback, but
// would otherwise match change_timer_function_usage, since the latter
// will update all function assignments done in the face of a NULL
// function initialization in setup_timer().
@change_timer_function_usage_NULL@
expression _E;
identifier _timer;
type _cast_data;
@@

(
-setup_timer(&_E->_timer, NULL, _E);
+timer_setup(&_E->_timer, NULL, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_E->_timer, NULL, (_cast_data)_E);
+timer_setup(&_E->_timer, NULL, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_E._timer, NULL, &_E);
+timer_setup(&_E._timer, NULL, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_E._timer, NULL, (_cast_data)&_E);
+timer_setup(&_E._timer, NULL, 0);
)

@change_timer_function_usage@
expression _E;
identifier _timer;
struct timer_list _stl;
identifier _callback;
type _cast_func, _cast_data;
@@

(
-setup_timer(&_E->_timer, _callback, _E);
+timer_setup(&_E->_timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_E->_timer, &_callback, _E);
+timer_setup(&_E->_timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_E->_timer, _callback, (_cast_data)_E);
+timer_setup(&_E->_timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_E->_timer, &_callback, (_cast_data)_E);
+timer_setup(&_E->_timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_E->_timer, (_cast_func)_callback, _E);
+timer_setup(&_E->_timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_E->_timer, (_cast_func)&_callback, _E);
+timer_setup(&_E->_timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_E->_timer, (_cast_func)_callback, (_cast_data)_E);
+timer_setup(&_E->_timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_E->_timer, (_cast_func)&_callback, (_cast_data)_E);
+timer_setup(&_E->_timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_E._timer, _callback, (_cast_data)_E);
+timer_setup(&_E._timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_E._timer, _callback, (_cast_data)&_E);
+timer_setup(&_E._timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_E._timer, &_callback, (_cast_data)_E);
+timer_setup(&_E._timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_E._timer, &_callback, (_cast_data)&_E);
+timer_setup(&_E._timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_E._timer, (_cast_func)_callback, (_cast_data)_E);
+timer_setup(&_E._timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_E._timer, (_cast_func)_callback, (_cast_data)&_E);
+timer_setup(&_E._timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_E._timer, (_cast_func)&_callback, (_cast_data)_E);
+timer_setup(&_E._timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_E._timer, (_cast_func)&_callback, (_cast_data)&_E);
+timer_setup(&_E._timer, _callback, 0);
|
 _E->_timer@_stl.function = _callback;
|
 _E->_timer@_stl.function = &_callback;
|
 _E->_timer@_stl.function = (_cast_func)_callback;
|
 _E->_timer@_stl.function = (_cast_func)&_callback;
|
 _E._timer@_stl.function = _callback;
|
 _E._timer@_stl.function = &_callback;
|
 _E._timer@_stl.function = (_cast_func)_callback;
|
 _E._timer@_stl.function = (_cast_func)&_callback;
)

// callback(unsigned long arg)
@change_callback_handle_cast
 depends on change_timer_function_usage@
identifier change_timer_function_usage._callback;
identifier change_timer_function_usage._timer;
type _origtype;
identifier _origarg;
type _handletype;
identifier _handle;
@@

 void _callback(
-_origtype _origarg
+struct timer_list *t
 )
 {
(
	... when != _origarg
	_handletype *_handle =
-(_handletype *)_origarg;
+from_timer(_handle, t, _timer);
	... when != _origarg
|
	... when != _origarg
	_handletype *_handle =
-(void *)_origarg;
+from_timer(_handle, t, _timer);
	... when != _origarg
|
	... when != _origarg
	_handletype *_handle;
	... when != _handle
	_handle =
-(_handletype *)_origarg;
+from_timer(_handle, t, _timer);
	... when != _origarg
|
	... when != _origarg
	_handletype *_handle;
	... when != _handle
	_handle =
-(void *)_origarg;
+from_timer(_handle, t, _timer);
	... when != _origarg
)
 }

// callback(unsigned long arg) without existing variable
@change_callback_handle_cast_no_arg
 depends on change_timer_function_usage &&
                     !change_callback_handle_cast@
identifier change_timer_function_usage._callback;
identifier change_timer_function_usage._timer;
type _origtype;
identifier _origarg;
type _handletype;
@@

 void _callback(
-_origtype _origarg
+struct timer_list *t
 )
 {
+	_handletype *_origarg = from_timer(_origarg, t, _timer);
+
	... when != _origarg
-	(_handletype *)_origarg
+	_origarg
	... when != _origarg
 }

// Avoid already converted callbacks.
@match_callback_converted
 depends on change_timer_function_usage &&
            !change_callback_handle_cast &&
	    !change_callback_handle_cast_no_arg@
identifier change_timer_function_usage._callback;
identifier t;
@@

 void _callback(struct timer_list *t)
 { ... }

// callback(struct something *handle)
@change_callback_handle_arg
 depends on change_timer_function_usage &&
	    !match_callback_converted &&
            !change_callback_handle_cast &&
            !change_callback_handle_cast_no_arg@
identifier change_timer_function_usage._callback;
identifier change_timer_function_usage._timer;
type _handletype;
identifier _handle;
@@

 void _callback(
-_handletype *_handle
+struct timer_list *t
 )
 {
+	_handletype *_handle = from_timer(_handle, t, _timer);
	...
 }

// If change_callback_handle_arg ran on an empty function, remove
// the added handler.
@unchange_callback_handle_arg
 depends on change_timer_function_usage &&
	    change_callback_handle_arg@
identifier change_timer_function_usage._callback;
identifier change_timer_function_usage._timer;
type _handletype;
identifier _handle;
identifier t;
@@

 void _callback(struct timer_list *t)
 {
-	_handletype *_handle = from_timer(_handle, t, _timer);
 }

// We only want to refactor the setup_timer() data argument if we've found
// the matching callback. This undoes changes in change_timer_function_usage.
@unchange_timer_function_usage
 depends on change_timer_function_usage &&
            !change_callback_handle_cast &&
            !change_callback_handle_cast_no_arg &&
	    !change_callback_handle_arg@
expression change_timer_function_usage._E;
identifier change_timer_function_usage._timer;
identifier change_timer_function_usage._callback;
type change_timer_function_usage._cast_data;
@@

(
-timer_setup(&_E->_timer, _callback, 0);
+setup_timer(&_E->_timer, _callback, (_cast_data)_E);
|
-timer_setup(&_E._timer, _callback, 0);
+setup_timer(&_E._timer, _callback, (_cast_data)&_E);
)

// If we fixed a callback from a .function assignment, fix the
// assignment cast now.
@change_timer_function_assignment
 depends on change_timer_function_usage &&
            (change_callback_handle_cast ||
             change_callback_handle_cast_no_arg ||
             change_callback_handle_arg)@
expression change_timer_function_usage._E;
identifier change_timer_function_usage._timer;
identifier change_timer_function_usage._callback;
type _cast_func;
typedef TIMER_FUNC_TYPE;
@@

(
 _E->_timer.function =
-_callback
+(TIMER_FUNC_TYPE)_callback
 ;
|
 _E->_timer.function =
-&_callback
+(TIMER_FUNC_TYPE)_callback
 ;
|
 _E->_timer.function =
-(_cast_func)_callback;
+(TIMER_FUNC_TYPE)_callback
 ;
|
 _E->_timer.function =
-(_cast_func)&_callback
+(TIMER_FUNC_TYPE)_callback
 ;
|
 _E._timer.function =
-_callback
+(TIMER_FUNC_TYPE)_callback
 ;
|
 _E._timer.function =
-&_callback;
+(TIMER_FUNC_TYPE)_callback
 ;
|
 _E._timer.function =
-(_cast_func)_callback
+(TIMER_FUNC_TYPE)_callback
 ;
|
 _E._timer.function =
-(_cast_func)&_callback
+(TIMER_FUNC_TYPE)_callback
 ;
)

// Sometimes timer functions are called directly. Replace matched args.
@change_timer_function_calls
 depends on change_timer_function_usage &&
            (change_callback_handle_cast ||
             change_callback_handle_cast_no_arg ||
             change_callback_handle_arg)@
expression _E;
identifier change_timer_function_usage._timer;
identifier change_timer_function_usage._callback;
type _cast_data;
@@

 _callback(
(
-(_cast_data)_E
+&_E->_timer
|
-(_cast_data)&_E
+&_E._timer
|
-_E
+&_E->_timer
)
 )

// If a timer has been configured without a data argument, it can be
// converted without regard to the callback argument, since it is unused.
@match_timer_function_unused_data@
expression _E;
identifier _timer;
identifier _callback;
@@

(
-setup_timer(&_E->_timer, _callback, 0);
+timer_setup(&_E->_timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_E->_timer, _callback, 0L);
+timer_setup(&_E->_timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_E->_timer, _callback, 0UL);
+timer_setup(&_E->_timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_E._timer, _callback, 0);
+timer_setup(&_E._timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_E._timer, _callback, 0L);
+timer_setup(&_E._timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_E._timer, _callback, 0UL);
+timer_setup(&_E._timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_timer, _callback, 0);
+timer_setup(&_timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_timer, _callback, 0L);
+timer_setup(&_timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(&_timer, _callback, 0UL);
+timer_setup(&_timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(_timer, _callback, 0);
+timer_setup(_timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(_timer, _callback, 0L);
+timer_setup(_timer, _callback, 0);
|
-setup_timer(_timer, _callback, 0UL);
+timer_setup(_timer, _callback, 0);
)

@change_callback_unused_data
 depends on match_timer_function_unused_data@
identifier match_timer_function_unused_data._callback;
type _origtype;
identifier _origarg;
@@

 void _callback(
-_origtype _origarg
+struct timer_list *unused
 )
 {
	... when != _origarg
 }

Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
2017-11-21 15:57:07 -08:00
Kees Cook
b9eaf18722 treewide: init_timer() -> setup_timer()
This mechanically converts all remaining cases of ancient open-coded timer
setup with the old setup_timer() API, which is the first step in timer
conversions. This has no behavioral changes, since it ultimately just
changes the order of assignment to fields of struct timer_list when
finding variations of:

    init_timer(&t);
    f.function = timer_callback;
    t.data = timer_callback_arg;

to be converted into:

    setup_timer(&t, timer_callback, timer_callback_arg);

The conversion is done with the following Coccinelle script, which
is an improved version of scripts/cocci/api/setup_timer.cocci, in the
following ways:
 - assignments-before-init_timer() cases
 - limit the .data case removal to the specific struct timer_list instance
 - handling calls by dereference (timer->field vs timer.field)

spatch --very-quiet --all-includes --include-headers \
	-I ./arch/x86/include -I ./arch/x86/include/generated \
	-I ./include -I ./arch/x86/include/uapi \
	-I ./arch/x86/include/generated/uapi -I ./include/uapi \
	-I ./include/generated/uapi --include ./include/linux/kconfig.h \
	--dir . \
	--cocci-file ~/src/data/setup_timer.cocci

@fix_address_of@
expression e;
@@

 init_timer(
-&(e)
+&e
 , ...)

// Match the common cases first to avoid Coccinelle parsing loops with
// "... when" clauses.

@match_immediate_function_data_after_init_timer@
expression e, func, da;
@@

-init_timer
+setup_timer
 ( \(&e\|e\)
+, func, da
 );
(
-\(e.function\|e->function\) = func;
-\(e.data\|e->data\) = da;
|
-\(e.data\|e->data\) = da;
-\(e.function\|e->function\) = func;
)

@match_immediate_function_data_before_init_timer@
expression e, func, da;
@@

(
-\(e.function\|e->function\) = func;
-\(e.data\|e->data\) = da;
|
-\(e.data\|e->data\) = da;
-\(e.function\|e->function\) = func;
)
-init_timer
+setup_timer
 ( \(&e\|e\)
+, func, da
 );

@match_function_and_data_after_init_timer@
expression e, e2, e3, e4, e5, func, da;
@@

-init_timer
+setup_timer
 ( \(&e\|e\)
+, func, da
 );
 ... when != func = e2
     when != da = e3
(
-e.function = func;
... when != da = e4
-e.data = da;
|
-e->function = func;
... when != da = e4
-e->data = da;
|
-e.data = da;
... when != func = e5
-e.function = func;
|
-e->data = da;
... when != func = e5
-e->function = func;
)

@match_function_and_data_before_init_timer@
expression e, e2, e3, e4, e5, func, da;
@@
(
-e.function = func;
... when != da = e4
-e.data = da;
|
-e->function = func;
... when != da = e4
-e->data = da;
|
-e.data = da;
... when != func = e5
-e.function = func;
|
-e->data = da;
... when != func = e5
-e->function = func;
)
... when != func = e2
    when != da = e3
-init_timer
+setup_timer
 ( \(&e\|e\)
+, func, da
 );

@r1 exists@
expression t;
identifier f;
position p;
@@

f(...) { ... when any
  init_timer@p(\(&t\|t\))
  ... when any
}

@r2 exists@
expression r1.t;
identifier g != r1.f;
expression e8;
@@

g(...) { ... when any
  \(t.data\|t->data\) = e8
  ... when any
}

// It is dangerous to use setup_timer if data field is initialized
// in another function.
@script:python depends on r2@
p << r1.p;
@@

cocci.include_match(False)

@r3@
expression r1.t, func, e7;
position r1.p;
@@

(
-init_timer@p(&t);
+setup_timer(&t, func, 0UL);
... when != func = e7
-t.function = func;
|
-t.function = func;
... when != func = e7
-init_timer@p(&t);
+setup_timer(&t, func, 0UL);
|
-init_timer@p(t);
+setup_timer(t, func, 0UL);
... when != func = e7
-t->function = func;
|
-t->function = func;
... when != func = e7
-init_timer@p(t);
+setup_timer(t, func, 0UL);
)

Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
2017-11-21 15:57:06 -08:00
Harald Freudenberger
0b08826726 s390/zcrypt: Fix wrong comparison leading to strange load balancing
The function to decide if one zcrypt queue is better than
another one compared two pointers instead of comparing the
values where the pointers refer to. So within the same
zcrypt card when load of each queue was equal just one queue
was used. This effect only appears on relatively lite load,
typically with one thread applications.

This patch fixes the wrong comparison and now the counters
show that requests are balanced equally over all available
queues within the cards.

There is no performance improvement coming with this fix.
As long as the queue depth for an APQN queue is not touched,
processing is not faster when requests are spread over
queues within the same card hardware. So this fix only
beautifies the lszcrypt counter printouts.

Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-11-20 08:51:02 +01:00
Linus Torvalds
e71d5126e7 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/s390/linux
Pull second round of s390 updates from Martin Schwidefsky:

 - rework of the vdso code to avoid the use of the access register mode

 - use perf AUX buffers for the transport of diagnostic sample data

 - add perf_regs and user stack dump support

 - enable perf call graphs for user space programs

 - add perf register support for floating-point registers

 - all remaining s390 related timer_setup conversions

 - bug fixes and cleanups

* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/s390/linux: (30 commits)
  s390: remove unused parameter from Makefile
  zfcp: purely mechanical update using timer API, plus blank lines
  s390/scsi: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
  s390/cpum_sf: correctly set the PID and TID in perf samples
  s390/cpum_sf: load program parameter at sampler enablement
  s390/perf: add perf register support for floating-point registers
  s390/perf: extend perf_regs support to include floating-point registers
  s390/perf: define common DWARF register string table
  s390/perf: add support for perf_regs and libdw
  s390/perf: add perf_regs support and user stack dump
  s390/cpum_sf: do not register PMU if no sampling mode is authorized
  s390/cpumf: remove raw event support in basic-only sampling mode
  s390/perf: add callback to perf to enable using AUX buffer
  s390/cpumf: enable using AUX buffer
  s390/cpumf: introduce AUX buffer for dump diagnostic sample data
  s390/disassembler: increase show_code buffer size
  s390: Remove CONFIG_HARDENED_USERCOPY
  s390: enable CPU alternatives unconditionally
  s390/nmi: remove unused code
  s390/mm: remove unused code
  ...
2017-11-17 14:23:52 -08:00
Steffen Maier
5c13db9b5d zfcp: purely mechanical update using timer API, plus blank lines
erp_memwait only occurs in seldom memory pressure situations.
The typical case never uses the associated timer and thus also
does not need to initialize the timer.
Also, we don't want to re-initialize the timer each time we re-use an
erp_action in zfcp_erp_setup_act() [see also v4.14-rc7 commit ab31fd0ce6
("scsi: zfcp: fix erp_action use-before-initialize in REC action trace")
for erp_action life cycle].
Hence, retain the lazy inintialization of zfcp_erp_action.timer
in zfcp_erp_strategy_memwait().

Add an empty line after declarations in zfcp_erp_timeout_handler()
and zfcp_fsf_request_timeout_handler() even though it was also missing
before the timer conversion.

Fix checkpatch warning:
WARNING: function definition argument 'struct timer_list *' should also have an identifier name
+extern void zfcp_erp_timeout_handler(struct timer_list *);

Depends-on: v4.14-rc3 commit 686fef928b ("timer: Prepare to change timer callback argument type")
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-11-16 15:06:19 +01:00
Kees Cook
75492a5156 s390/scsi: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.

Cc: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-11-16 15:06:17 +01:00
Linus Torvalds
5bbcc0f595 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
 "Highlights:

   1) Maintain the TCP retransmit queue using an rbtree, with 1GB
      windows at 100Gb this really has become necessary. From Eric
      Dumazet.

   2) Multi-program support for cgroup+bpf, from Alexei Starovoitov.

   3) Perform broadcast flooding in hardware in mv88e6xxx, from Andrew
      Lunn.

   4) Add meter action support to openvswitch, from Andy Zhou.

   5) Add a data meta pointer for BPF accessible packets, from Daniel
      Borkmann.

   6) Namespace-ify almost all TCP sysctl knobs, from Eric Dumazet.

   7) Turn on Broadcom Tags in b53 driver, from Florian Fainelli.

   8) More work to move the RTNL mutex down, from Florian Westphal.

   9) Add 'bpftool' utility, to help with bpf program introspection.
      From Jakub Kicinski.

  10) Add new 'cpumap' type for XDP_REDIRECT action, from Jesper
      Dangaard Brouer.

  11) Support 'blocks' of transformations in the packet scheduler which
      can span multiple network devices, from Jiri Pirko.

  12) TC flower offload support in cxgb4, from Kumar Sanghvi.

  13) Priority based stream scheduler for SCTP, from Marcelo Ricardo
      Leitner.

  14) Thunderbolt networking driver, from Amir Levy and Mika Westerberg.

  15) Add RED qdisc offloadability, and use it in mlxsw driver. From
      Nogah Frankel.

  16) eBPF based device controller for cgroup v2, from Roman Gushchin.

  17) Add some fundamental tracepoints for TCP, from Song Liu.

  18) Remove garbage collection from ipv6 route layer, this is a
      significant accomplishment. From Wei Wang.

  19) Add multicast route offload support to mlxsw, from Yotam Gigi"

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (2177 commits)
  tcp: highest_sack fix
  geneve: fix fill_info when link down
  bpf: fix lockdep splat
  net: cdc_ncm: GetNtbFormat endian fix
  openvswitch: meter: fix NULL pointer dereference in ovs_meter_cmd_reply_start
  netem: remove unnecessary 64 bit modulus
  netem: use 64 bit divide by rate
  tcp: Namespace-ify sysctl_tcp_default_congestion_control
  net: Protect iterations over net::fib_notifier_ops in fib_seq_sum()
  ipv6: set all.accept_dad to 0 by default
  uapi: fix linux/tls.h userspace compilation error
  usbnet: ipheth: prevent TX queue timeouts when device not ready
  vhost_net: conditionally enable tx polling
  uapi: fix linux/rxrpc.h userspace compilation errors
  net: stmmac: fix LPI transitioning for dwmac4
  atm: horizon: Fix irq release error
  net-sysfs: trigger netlink notification on ifalias change via sysfs
  openvswitch: Using kfree_rcu() to simplify the code
  openvswitch: Make local function ovs_nsh_key_attr_size() static
  openvswitch: Fix return value check in ovs_meter_cmd_features()
  ...
2017-11-15 11:56:19 -08:00
Kees Cook
cefbeb5df5 s390/ap_bus: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.

Cc: Harald Freudenberger <freude@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
2017-11-14 11:01:41 +01:00
Kees Cook
c9602ee7d1 s390/sclp: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly. Instead of creating an external static
data variable, just define a separate callback which encodes the "force
restart" desire.

Cc: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
[heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com: get rid of compile warning]
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
2017-11-14 11:01:39 +01:00
Kees Cook
846d0c6f79 s390/cio: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list
pointer to all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup()
and from_timer() to pass the timer pointer explicitly.

Cc: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
2017-11-14 11:01:36 +01:00
Kees Cook
cb9f780aa9 s390: qdio: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.

Cc: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
[sebott: fixed compile error due to invalid struct member]
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
2017-11-14 11:01:33 +01:00
Linus Torvalds
2bcc673101 Merge branch 'timers-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip
Pull timer updates from Thomas Gleixner:
 "Yet another big pile of changes:

   - More year 2038 work from Arnd slowly reaching the point where we
     need to think about the syscalls themself.

   - A new timer function which allows to conditionally (re)arm a timer
     only when it's either not running or the new expiry time is sooner
     than the armed expiry time. This allows to use a single timer for
     multiple timeout requirements w/o caring about the first expiry
     time at the call site.

   - A new NMI safe accessor to clock real time for the printk timestamp
     work. Can be used by tracing, perf as well if required.

   - A large number of timer setup conversions from Kees which got
     collected here because either maintainers requested so or they
     simply got ignored. As Kees pointed out already there are a few
     trivial merge conflicts and some redundant commits which was
     unavoidable due to the size of this conversion effort.

   - Avoid a redundant iteration in the timer wheel softirq processing.

   - Provide a mechanism to treat RTC implementations depending on their
     hardware properties, i.e. don't inflict the write at the 0.5
     seconds boundary which originates from the PC CMOS RTC to all RTCs.
     No functional change as drivers need to be updated separately.

   - The usual small updates to core code clocksource drivers. Nothing
     really exciting"

* 'timers-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (111 commits)
  timers: Add a function to start/reduce a timer
  pstore: Use ktime_get_real_fast_ns() instead of __getnstimeofday()
  timer: Prepare to change all DEFINE_TIMER() callbacks
  netfilter: ipvs: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
  scsi: qla2xxx: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
  block/aoe: discover_timer: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
  ide: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
  drbd: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
  mailbox: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
  crypto: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
  drivers/pcmcia: omap1: Fix error in automated timer conversion
  ARM: footbridge: Fix typo in timer conversion
  drivers/sgi-xp: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
  drivers/pcmcia: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
  drivers/memstick: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
  drivers/macintosh: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
  hwrng/xgene-rng: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
  auxdisplay: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
  sparc/led: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
  mips: ip22/32: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
  ...
2017-11-13 17:56:58 -08:00
Linus Torvalds
d60a540ac5 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/s390/linux
Pull s390 updates from Heiko Carstens:
 "Since Martin is on vacation you get the s390 pull request for the
  v4.15 merge window this time from me.

  Besides a lot of cleanups and bug fixes these are the most important
  changes:

   - a new regset for runtime instrumentation registers

   - hardware accelerated AES-GCM support for the aes_s390 module

   - support for the new CEX6S crypto cards

   - support for FORTIFY_SOURCE

   - addition of missing z13 and new z14 instructions to the in-kernel
     disassembler

   - generate opcode tables for the in-kernel disassembler out of a
     simple text file instead of having to manually maintain those
     tables

   - fast memset16, memset32 and memset64 implementations

   - removal of named saved segment support

   - hardware counter support for z14

   - queued spinlocks and queued rwlocks implementations for s390

   - use the stack_depth tracking feature for s390 BPF JIT

   - a new s390_sthyi system call which emulates the sthyi (store
     hypervisor information) instruction

   - removal of the old KVM virtio transport

   - an s390 specific CPU alternatives implementation which is used in
     the new spinlock code"

* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/s390/linux: (88 commits)
  MAINTAINERS: add virtio-ccw.h to virtio/s390 section
  s390/noexec: execute kexec datamover without DAT
  s390: fix transactional execution control register handling
  s390/bpf: take advantage of stack_depth tracking
  s390: simplify transactional execution elf hwcap handling
  s390/zcrypt: Rework struct ap_qact_ap_info.
  s390/virtio: remove unused header file kvm_virtio.h
  s390: avoid undefined behaviour
  s390/disassembler: generate opcode tables from text file
  s390/disassembler: remove insn_to_mnemonic()
  s390/dasd: avoid calling do_gettimeofday()
  s390: vfio-ccw: Do not attempt to free no-op, test and tic cda.
  s390: remove named saved segment support
  s390/archrandom: Reconsider s390 arch random implementation
  s390/pci: do not require AIS facility
  s390/qdio: sanitize put_indicator
  s390/qdio: use atomic_cmpxchg
  s390/nmi: avoid using long-displacement facility
  s390: pass endianness info to sparse
  s390/decompressor: remove informational messages
  ...
2017-11-13 11:47:01 -08:00
Heiko Carstens
22841cea1a A vfio-ccw bugfix: avoid freeing that which should not be freed.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJaBHzgAAoJEN7Pa5PG8C+veEwP/A/g3aKJb6MG6hmkYN+qJVCA
 mF/nfi0PTF9cb1XkXGzFrVwaotFUxqaE1VEwod6I2F/pF/7zph5BT49tL4hsnJM4
 CzapTHI86TI1OlRIeNqz/ImVUdMQOb+N4rSAM+FUz2boQufpuhrH56FAA5pxUKtl
 5Qyrt71zAJ2wgH0DtY1hYX4/nKwQ6Tx1ouwBfsVMQ0emrr6nSQnVoD1bZKhu2jIU
 kvWcsAwXDfnuewtw78fqRxZkpxE1hMWTzZZhe40Y4GKvI4QULsm5dJTVLkpDPviv
 RSkQHbrjVVI7l1Pl6VYUzboTre4rv2T+rM6S8ISTMHMS1Vjm5PGGtjvkvQySi4xR
 Jnce3Y5+e53IZDoJP2kn4h2SDIwn1/ev33O6iURYujpDpGepnrHU3oJNtLEqmfVG
 Kob8WcGAUi3dqtF8ibsmD4PBHgWJkQBfdt05TuT6tZHz01L21ab0CJbGSUItiKKP
 OO1nQ6IZaVNPmZ0G1hEhYJ6GEAY929a/Y/TxwhdBauIHOVzVv6IiAGLep+TzGWsY
 fNDvQ50GpbktoqhDeP46SlcA0lpQ1ULR/394A5ez6q5cyq6QcLnA2ypEzy2YtsRd
 EeSlK58HPzf8oqoYAo+KIMVPikh6YG7FhZUFDaOOt4eNgEyE22zUHQ94hXeLdoK5
 5XM1/QD5H0BLVl0koIEJ
 =EO3y
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'vfio-ccw-20171109' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvms390/vfio-ccw into features

Pull vfio-ccw update from Cornelia Huck:
"A vfio-ccw bugfix: avoid freeing that which should not be freed."
2017-11-10 18:54:11 +01:00
Harald Freudenberger
56c5c6834e s390/zcrypt: Rework struct ap_qact_ap_info.
The ap_qact_ap_info struct can get more easy handled when the fields
in there can be accessed by their names but also the struct as a whole
with just an unsigned long value. This patch reworks this struct to be
a union and adapt the using code accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
2017-11-09 16:54:26 +01:00
Arnd Bergmann
399c5acd58 s390/dasd: avoid calling do_gettimeofday()
do_gettimeofday() is deprecated because it's not y2038-safe on
32-bit architectures. Since it is basically a wrapper around
ktime_get_real_ts64(), we can just call that function directly
instead.

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
[sth@linux.vnet.ibm.com: fix build]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
2017-11-08 22:10:29 +01:00
Jason J. Herne
408358b50d s390: vfio-ccw: Do not attempt to free no-op, test and tic cda.
Because we do not make use of the cda (channel data address) for test,
no-op ccws no address translation takes place. This means cda could
contain a guest address which we do not want to attempt to free. Let's
check the command type and skip cda free when it is not needed.

For a TIC ccw, ccw->cda points to either a ccw in an existing chain or
it points to a whole new allocated chain. In either case the data will
be freed when the owning chain is freed.

Signed-off-by: Jason J. Herne <jjherne@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Dong Jia Shi <bjsdjshi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Pierre Morel <pmorel@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <1510068152-21988-1-git-send-email-jjherne@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
2017-11-08 14:39:53 +01:00
David S. Miller
2a171788ba Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Files removed in 'net-next' had their license header updated
in 'net'.  We take the remove from 'net-next'.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-04 09:26:51 +09:00
Sebastian Ott
30e8eb8671 s390/qdio: sanitize put_indicator
qdio maintains an array of struct indicator_t. put_indicator takes a pointer
to a member of a struct indicator_t within that array, calculates the index,
and uses the array and the index to get the struct indicator_t.

Simply use the pointer directly.

Although the pointer happens to point to the first member of that struct
use the container_of macro.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-11-03 08:00:33 +01:00
Sebastian Ott
648a6f4495 s390/qdio: use atomic_cmpxchg
qdio uses atomic_read to find an unused indicator and atomic_set to
flag it as used. This could lead to multiple users getting the same
indicator. Use atomic_cmpxchg instead.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-11-03 08:00:28 +01:00
Linus Torvalds
ead751507d License cleanup: add SPDX license identifiers to some files
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
 makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
 
 By default all files without license information are under the default
 license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
 
 Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
 SPDX license identifier.  The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
 shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
 
 This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
 Philippe Ombredanne.
 
 How this work was done:
 
 Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
 the use cases:
  - file had no licensing information it it.
  - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
  - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
 
 Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
 where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
 had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
 
 The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
 a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
 output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
 tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne.  Philippe prepared the
 base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
 
 The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
 assessed.  Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
 results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
 to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
 immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
 
 Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
  - Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
  - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
    lines of source
  - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
    lines).
 
 All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
 
 The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
 identifiers to apply.
 
  - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
    considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
    COPYING file license applied.
 
    For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
 
    SPDX license identifier                            # files
    ---------------------------------------------------|-------
    GPL-2.0                                              11139
 
    and resulted in the first patch in this series.
 
    If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
    Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0".  Results of that was:
 
    SPDX license identifier                            # files
    ---------------------------------------------------|-------
    GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note                        930
 
    and resulted in the second patch in this series.
 
  - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
    of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
    any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
    it (per prior point).  Results summary:
 
    SPDX license identifier                            # files
    ---------------------------------------------------|------
    GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note                       270
    GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note                      169
    ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause)    21
    ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause)    17
    LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note                      15
    GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note                       14
    ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause)    5
    LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note                       4
    LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note                        3
    ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT)              3
    ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT)             1
 
    and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
 
  - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
    the concluded license(s).
 
  - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
    license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
    licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
 
  - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
    resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
    which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
 
  - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
    confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
 
  - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
    the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
    in time.
 
 In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
 spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
 source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
 by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
 
 Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
 FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
 disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights.  The
 Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
 they are related.
 
 Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
 for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
 files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
 in about 15000 files.
 
 In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
 copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
 correct identifier.
 
 Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
 inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
 version early this week with:
  - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
    license ids and scores
  - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
    files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
  - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
    was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
    SPDX license was correct
 
 This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction.  This
 worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
 different types of files to be modified.
 
 These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg.  Thomas wrote a script to
 parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
 format that the file expected.  This script was further refined by Greg
 based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
 distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
 comment types.)  Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
 generate the patches.
 
 Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
 Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
 Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
 Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCWfswbQ8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
 aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykvEwCfXU1MuYFQGgMdDmAZXEc+xFXZvqgAoKEcHDNA
 6dVh26uchcEQLN/XqUDt
 =x306
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core

Pull initial SPDX identifiers from Greg KH:
 "License cleanup: add SPDX license identifiers to some files

  Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
  makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.

  By default all files without license information are under the default
  license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.

  Update the files which contain no license information with the
  'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally
  binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate
  text.

  This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart
  and Philippe Ombredanne.

  How this work was done:

  Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset
  of the use cases:

   - file had no licensing information it it.

   - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,

   - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,

  Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
  where non-standard license headers were used, and references to
  license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.

  The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied
  to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of
  the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver)
  producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne.
  Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review
  of a few 1000 files.

  The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537
  files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the
  scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license
  identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any
  determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with
  the Linux Foundation.

  Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:

   - Files considered eligible had to be source code files.

   - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained
     >5 lines of source

   - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
     lines).

  All documentation files were explicitly excluded.

  The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
  identifiers to apply.

   - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
     considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
     COPYING file license applied.

     For non */uapi/* files that summary was:

       SPDX license identifier                            # files
       ---------------------------------------------------|-------
       GPL-2.0                                              11139

     and resulted in the first patch in this series.

     If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
     Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that
     was:

       SPDX license identifier                            # files
       ---------------------------------------------------|-------
       GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note                        930

     and resulted in the second patch in this series.

   - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
     of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
     any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
     it (per prior point). Results summary:

       SPDX license identifier                            # files
       ---------------------------------------------------|------
       GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note                       270
       GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note                      169
       ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause)    21
       ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause)    17
       LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note                      15
       GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note                       14
       ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause)    5
       LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note                       4
       LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note                        3
       ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT)              3
       ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT)             1

     and that resulted in the third patch in this series.

   - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that
     became the concluded license(s).

   - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected
     a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
     licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.

   - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
     resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply
     (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).

   - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
     confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

   - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
     the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
     in time.

  In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
  spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
  source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases,
  confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

  Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
  FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
  disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights.
  The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in
  part, so they are related.

  Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
  for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
  files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot
  checks in about 15000 files.

  In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
  copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect
  the correct identifier.

  Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
  inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial
  patch version early this week with:

   - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
     license ids and scores

   - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
     files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct

   - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch
     license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the
     applied SPDX license was correct

  This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
  worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
  different types of files to be modified.

  These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
  parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
  format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
  based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
  distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
  comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
  generate the patches.

  Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
  Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
  Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
  Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>"

* tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core:
  License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with a license
  License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with no license
  License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license
2017-11-02 10:04:46 -07:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman
b24413180f License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.

By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.

Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier.  The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.

This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.

How this work was done:

Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
 - file had no licensing information it it.
 - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
 - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,

Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.

The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne.  Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.

The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed.  Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
 - Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
 - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
   lines of source
 - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
   lines).

All documentation files were explicitly excluded.

The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.

 - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
   considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
   COPYING file license applied.

   For non */uapi/* files that summary was:

   SPDX license identifier                            # files
   ---------------------------------------------------|-------
   GPL-2.0                                              11139

   and resulted in the first patch in this series.

   If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
   Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0".  Results of that was:

   SPDX license identifier                            # files
   ---------------------------------------------------|-------
   GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note                        930

   and resulted in the second patch in this series.

 - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
   of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
   any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
   it (per prior point).  Results summary:

   SPDX license identifier                            # files
   ---------------------------------------------------|------
   GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note                       270
   GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note                      169
   ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause)    21
   ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause)    17
   LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note                      15
   GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note                       14
   ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause)    5
   LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note                       4
   LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note                        3
   ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT)              3
   ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT)             1

   and that resulted in the third patch in this series.

 - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
   the concluded license(s).

 - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
   license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
   licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.

 - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
   resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
   which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).

 - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
   confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

 - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
   the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
   in time.

In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights.  The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.

Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.

In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.

Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
 - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
   license ids and scores
 - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
   files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
 - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
   was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
   SPDX license was correct

This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction.  This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.

These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg.  Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected.  This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.)  Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.

Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2017-11-02 11:10:55 +01:00
David S. Miller
e1ea2f9856 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Several conflicts here.

NFP driver bug fix adding nfp_netdev_is_nfp_repr() check to
nfp_fl_output() needed some adjustments because the code block is in
an else block now.

Parallel additions to net/pkt_cls.h and net/sch_generic.h

A bug fix in __tcp_retransmit_skb() conflicted with some of
the rbtree changes in net-next.

The tc action RCU callback fixes in 'net' had some overlap with some
of the recent tcf_block reworking.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-30 21:09:24 +09:00
Linus Torvalds
5345da892c SCSI fixes on 20171027
Six fixes for mostly minor issues, most of which have small race
 windows for occurring.
 
 Signed-off-by: James E.J. Bottomley <jejb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v2
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJZ8zx3AAoJEAVr7HOZEZN4K9AP/2uTLQrPfn3GElSZEXcFsQDK
 zhvaLkoDXARlWb8wevw5od0VpcLvNPQKZxsPpQ2afIpt2PQNPNykbFsbxnvVV0rE
 SxUaHJg+hg2CmtKGmj30WN/9SKNp1vEuBbPKZFCvXhshc54m8VOKUhgaLpIj9NkC
 oiIqFl005obvEq6otGDUYpttZRScIpMkMML89hr9UMcfWqS9fYvTpu+xr8RDP77S
 lld8dKbWCk5Zk3w6Ag7s2gjjR01FnpV5cWEPOEwuVrjEE1hgmTv5oHPpJPc+mx+4
 q2kuvNmLsEuwlybqLTc4BBKwKtP4G6mZ5pq/um6DrTMjzLwkRGXSXejgl5mf5pPu
 1FxkHv2SUWjGCDdpGy5ozNCWuCjX/la+tc9LM56/Nuann3XisD5yYoWzAltspFPp
 84OmUilknJsdUBBzO3FaXHcEc+084wi5ntMf+FpCFc7gfMVZU0IaOC8/cgFsmQaa
 Ll07BWCxo0/JTqHqUZdAdS953zLw7izYk4GqHd7roUGYWDjWge01+VzKCJKW1SOF
 mY+jmPB5rnbTw5d/xE0aSPjfpkXLZqc2jGHNj4N8C27JG0grB2SXVNyDrcCm48b/
 6HQNKNjOxr0309mtwRDw9S9CoATRiOUHvHwYJQBhB2iMrkzu15CrbD0i5sAC+T4j
 iRnjW/tbyRjZCLGK69oS
 =6jlR
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'scsi-fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi

Pull SCSI fixes from James Bottomley:
 "Six fixes for mostly minor issues, most of which have small race
  windows for occurring"

* tag 'scsi-fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi:
  scsi: Suppress a kernel warning in case the prep function returns BLKPREP_DEFER
  scsi: sg: Re-fix off by one in sg_fill_request_table()
  scsi: aacraid: Fix controller initialization failure
  scsi: hpsa: Fix configured_logical_drive_count·check
  scsi: qla2xxx: Initialize Work element before requesting IRQs
  scsi: zfcp: fix erp_action use-before-initialize in REC action trace
2017-10-28 10:46:20 -07:00
Elena Reshetova
0462d9921e vmur: convert urdev.ref_count from atomic_t to refcount_t
atomic_t variables are currently used to implement reference
counters with the following properties:
 - counter is initialized to 1 using atomic_set()
 - a resource is freed upon counter reaching zero
 - once counter reaches zero, its further
   increments aren't allowed
 - counter schema uses basic atomic operations
   (set, inc, inc_not_zero, dec_and_test, etc.)

Such atomic variables should be converted to a newly provided
refcount_t type and API that prevents accidental counter overflows
and underflows. This is important since overflows and underflows
can lead to use-after-free situation and be exploitable.

The variable urdev.ref_count is used as pure reference counter.
Convert it to refcount_t and fix up the operations.

Suggested-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-10-26 08:36:38 +02:00
Harald Freudenberger
9a5641080b s390/zcrypt: Introduce QACT support for AP bus devices.
This patch introduces a new ap_qact() function which
exploits the PQAP(QACT) subfunction. QACT is a new
interface to Query the Ap Compatilibity Type based
on a given AP qid, type, mode and version.

Based on this new function the AP bus scan code is
slightly reworked to use this new interface for
querying the compatible type for each new AP queue
device detected. So new and unknown devices can
get automatically mapped to a compatible type and
handled without the need for toleration patches
for every new hardware.

The currently highest known hardware is CEX6S.
With this patch a possible successor can get
queried for a combatible type known by the device
driver without the need for an toleration patch.

Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-10-23 09:07:14 +02:00
Harald Freudenberger
0acb1665aa s390/zcrypt: Enable special header file flag for AU CPRP
With the CEX6 there is a new CPRB (subfunction AU) used
to generate protected keys from secure keys. This new
CPRB needs to have the special flag set in the queue
message header struct which is introduced with this fix.

Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-10-23 09:07:13 +02:00
Harald Freudenberger
21214b042d s390/zcrypt: CEX6S exploitation
This patch adds the full CEX6S card support to the zcrypt device
driver. A CEX6A/C/P is detected and displayed as such, the card
and queue device driver code is updated to recognize it and the
relative weight values for CEX4, CEX5 and CEX6 have been updated.

Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-10-23 09:07:12 +02:00
Julian Wiedmann
52c44d2975 s390/qeth: don't dump control cmd twice
A few lines down, qeth_prepare_control_data() makes further changes to
the control cmd buffer, and then also writes a trace entry for it.
So the first entry just pollutes the trace file with intermediate data,
drop it.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-20 13:11:05 +01:00
Julian Wiedmann
978759e826 s390/qeth: support GRO flush timer
Switch to napi_complete_done(), and thus enable delayed GRO flushing.
The timeout is configured via /sys/class/net/<if>/gro_flush_timeout.

Default timeout is 0, so no change in behaviour.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-20 13:11:05 +01:00
Julian Wiedmann
864c17c3d8 s390/qeth: try harder to get packets from RX buffer
Current code bails out when two subsequent buffer elements hold
insufficient data to contain a qeth_hdr packet descriptor.
This seems reasonable, but it would be legal for quirky hardware to
leave a few elements empty and then present packets in a subsequent
element. These packets would currently be dropped.

So make sure to check all buffer elements, until we hit the LAST_ENTRY
indication.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-20 13:11:05 +01:00
Julian Wiedmann
8d68af6af6 s390/qeth: consolidate skb allocation
Move the allocation of SG skbs into the main path. This allows for
a little code sharing, and handling ENOMEM from within one place.

As side effect, L2 SG skbs now get the proper amount of additional
headroom (read: zero) instead of the hard-coded ETH_HLEN.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-20 13:11:05 +01:00
Julian Wiedmann
b6f72f9698 s390/qeth: clean up page frag creation
Replace the open-coded skb_add_rx_frag(), and use a fall-through
to remove some duplicated code.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-20 13:11:04 +01:00
Julian Wiedmann
9400c53f06 s390/qeth: no VLAN support on OSM
Instead of silently discarding VLAN registration requests on OSM,
just indicate that this card type doesn't support VLAN.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-20 13:11:04 +01:00
Julian Wiedmann
857d8ee260 s390/qeth: don't verify device when setting MAC address
There's no reason why l2_set_mac_address() should ever be called for
a netdevice that's not owned by qeth. It's certainly not required for
VLAN devices, which have their own netdev_ops.

Also:
1) we don't do such validation for any of the other netdev_ops routines.
2) the code in question clearly has never been actually exercised;
   it's broken. After determining that the device is not owned
   by qeth, it would still use dev->ml_priv to write a qeth trace entry.

Remove the check, and its helper that walked the global card list.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-20 13:11:04 +01:00
Julian Wiedmann
6e6f472d92 s390/qeth: clean up initial MTU determination
1. Drop the support for Token Ring,
2. use the ETH_DATA_LEN macro for the default L2 MTU,
3. handle OSM via the default case (as OSM is L2-only), and
4. document why the L3 MTU is reduced.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-20 13:11:04 +01:00
Julian Wiedmann
83cf79a2fe s390/qeth: fix early exit from error path
When the allocation of the addr buffer fails, we need to free
our refcount on the inetdevice before returning.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-20 13:11:04 +01:00
Andy Shevchenko
025d0dfcc1 s390/qeth: use kstrtobool() in qeth_bridgeport_hostnotification_store()
The sysfs enabled value is a boolean, so kstrtobool() is a better fit
for parsing the input string since it does the range checking for us.

Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-20 13:11:04 +01:00
Julian Wiedmann
ed2e93efc3 s390/qeth: remove duplicated device matching
With commit "s390/ccwgroup: tie a ccwgroup driver to its ccw driver",
the ccwgroup core now ensures that a qeth group device only consists of
ccw devices which are supported by qeth. Therefore remove qeth's
internal device matching, and use .driver_info to determine the card
type.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-20 13:11:04 +01:00
Allen Pais
dbb27af91d s390/drivers: use setup_timer
Use setup_timer function instead of initializing timer with the
function and data fields.

Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <allen.lkml@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-20 13:11:04 +01:00
Julian Wiedmann
ce34435641 s390/qeth: rely on kernel for feature recovery
When recovering a device, qeth needs to re-run the IPA commands that
enable all previously active HW features.
Instead of duplicating qeth_set_features(), let netdev_update_features()
recover the missing HW features from dev->wanted_features.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-20 13:11:04 +01:00
Sebastian Ott
76b3b62ade s390/dasd: remove unused debug macros
Get rid of unused wrapper macros around debug_sprintf_exception.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-10-18 14:11:26 +02:00
Sebastian Ott
94158e544f s390/debug: improve debug_event
debug_event currently truncates the data if used with a size larger than
the buf_size of the debug feature. For lots of callers of this function,
wrappers have been implemented that loop until all data is handled.

Move that functionality into debug_event_common and get rid of the wrappers.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Michael Holzheu <holzheu@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-10-18 14:11:19 +02:00
Steffen Maier
ab31fd0ce6 scsi: zfcp: fix erp_action use-before-initialize in REC action trace
v4.10 commit 6f2ce1c6af ("scsi: zfcp: fix rport unblock race with LUN
recovery") extended accessing parent pointer fields of struct
zfcp_erp_action for tracing.  If an erp_action has never been enqueued
before, these parent pointer fields are uninitialized and NULL. Examples
are zfcp objects freshly added to the parent object's children list,
before enqueueing their first recovery subsequently. In
zfcp_erp_try_rport_unblock(), we iterate such list. Accessing erp_action
fields can cause a NULL pointer dereference.  Since the kernel can read
from lowcore on s390, it does not immediately cause a kernel page
fault. Instead it can cause hangs on trying to acquire the wrong
erp_action->adapter->dbf->rec_lock in zfcp_dbf_rec_action_lvl()
                      ^bogus^
while holding already other locks with IRQs disabled.

Real life example from attaching lots of LUNs in parallel on many CPUs:

crash> bt 17723
PID: 17723  TASK: ...               CPU: 25  COMMAND: "zfcperp0.0.1800"
 LOWCORE INFO:
  -psw      : 0x0404300180000000 0x000000000038e424
  -function : _raw_spin_lock_wait_flags at 38e424
...
 #0 [fdde8fc90] zfcp_dbf_rec_action_lvl at 3e0004e9862 [zfcp]
 #1 [fdde8fce8] zfcp_erp_try_rport_unblock at 3e0004dfddc [zfcp]
 #2 [fdde8fd38] zfcp_erp_strategy at 3e0004e0234 [zfcp]
 #3 [fdde8fda8] zfcp_erp_thread at 3e0004e0a12 [zfcp]
 #4 [fdde8fe60] kthread at 173550
 #5 [fdde8feb8] kernel_thread_starter at 10add2

zfcp_adapter
 zfcp_port
  zfcp_unit <address>, 0x404040d600000000
  scsi_device NULL, returning early!
zfcp_scsi_dev.status = 0x40000000
0x40000000 ZFCP_STATUS_COMMON_RUNNING

crash> zfcp_unit <address>
struct zfcp_unit {
  erp_action = {
    adapter = 0x0,
    port = 0x0,
    unit = 0x0,
  },
}

zfcp_erp_action is always fully embedded into its container object. Such
container object is never moved in its object tree (only add or delete).
Hence, erp_action parent pointers can never change.

To fix the issue, initialize the erp_action parent pointers before
adding the erp_action container to any list and thus before it becomes
accessible from outside of its initializing function.

In order to also close the time window between zfcp_erp_setup_act()
memsetting the entire erp_action to zero and setting the parent pointers
again, drop the memset and instead explicitly initialize individually
all erp_action fields except for parent pointers. To be extra careful
not to introduce any other unintended side effect, even keep zeroing the
erp_action fields for list and timer. Also double-check with
WARN_ON_ONCE that erp_action parent pointers never change, so we get to
know when we would deviate from previous behavior.

Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Fixes: 6f2ce1c6af ("scsi: zfcp: fix rport unblock race with LUN recovery")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> #2.6.32+
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
2017-10-16 22:45:26 -04:00
Dong Jia Shi
4cebc5d6a6 vfio: ccw: validate the count field of a ccw before pinning
If the count field of a ccw is zero, there is no need to
try to pin page(s) for it. Let's check the count value
before starting pinning operations.

Reviewed-by: Pierre Morel <pmorel@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Dong Jia Shi <bjsdjshi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <20171011023822.42948-3-bjsdjshi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
2017-10-16 11:14:48 +02:00
Dong Jia Shi
688c29533f vfio: ccw: bypass bad idaw address when fetching IDAL ccws
We currently return the same error code (-EFAULT) to indicate two
different error cases:
1. a bug in vfio-ccw implementation has been found.
2. a buggy channel program has been detected.

This brings difficulty for userland program (specifically Qemu) to
handle.

Let's use -EFAULT to only indicate the first case. For the second
case, we simply hand over the ccws to lower level for further
handling.

Notice:
Once a bad idaw address is detected, the current behavior is to
suppress the ssch. With this fix, the channel program will be
accepted, and part of the channel program (the part ahead of
the bad idaw) could possibly be executed by the device before
I/O conclusion.

Suggested-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Pierre Morel <pmorel@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Dong Jia Shi <bjsdjshi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <20171011023822.42948-2-bjsdjshi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
2017-10-16 11:10:13 +02:00
Vasyl Gomonovych
0bb6bba5fb s390/pkey: fix kzalloc-simple.cocci warnings
drivers/s390/crypto/pkey_api.c:128:11-18: WARNING:
kzalloc should be used for cprbmem, instead of kmalloc/memset

Use kzalloc rather than kmalloc followed by memset with 0

Signed-off-by: Vasyl Gomonovych <gomonovych@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-10-16 08:19:23 +02:00
Kees Cook
6ac3526451 timer: Fix two mistakes in callback conversions
Two errors found their way into the timer callback conversions that
weren't noticed with x86 allmodconfig.

Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@01.org>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20171005171035.GA34831@beast
2017-10-05 22:04:48 +02:00
Kees Cook
9c6c273aa4 timer: Remove init_timer_on_stack() in favor of timer_setup_on_stack()
Remove uses of init_timer_on_stack() with open-coded function and data
assignments that could be expressed using timer_setup_on_stack(). Several
were removed from the stack entirely since there was a one-to-one mapping
of parent structure to timer, those are switched to using timer_setup()
instead. All related callbacks were adjusted to use from_timer().

Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-mips@linux-mips.org
Cc: Petr Mladek <pmladek@suse.com>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Sebastian Reichel <sre@kernel.org>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Cc: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be>
Cc: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@mellanox.com>
Cc: linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: "James E.J. Bottomley" <jejb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Cc: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@linaro.org>
Cc: Harish Patil <harish.patil@cavium.com>
Cc: Stephen Boyd <sboyd@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Michael Reed <mdr@sgi.com>
Cc: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Cc: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Lai Jiangshan <jiangshanlai@gmail.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Cc: Mark Gross <mark.gross@intel.com>
Cc: linux-watchdog@vger.kernel.org
Cc: "Martin K. Petersen" <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: "Rafael J. Wysocki" <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Stefan Richter <stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de>
Cc: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
Cc: Sudip Mukherjee <sudipm.mukherjee@gmail.com>
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/1507159627-127660-4-git-send-email-keescook@chromium.org
2017-10-05 15:01:17 +02:00
Heiko Carstens
d67ce18eb6 s390/virtio: simplify Makefile
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-09-29 15:51:53 +02:00
Thomas Huth
7fb2b2d512 s390/virtio: remove the old KVM virtio transport
There is no recent user space application available anymore which still
supports this old virtio transport. Additionally, commit 3b2fbb3f06
("virtio/s390: deprecate old transport") introduced a deprecation message
in the driver, and apparently nobody complained so far that it is still
required. So let's simply remove it.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-09-29 15:51:35 +02:00
Julian Wiedmann
f9a5d70cfa s390/ccwgroup: tie a ccwgroup driver to its ccw driver
When grouping devices, the ccwgroup core only checks whether all of the
devices are bound to the same ccw_driver. It has no means of checking
if the requesting ccwgroup driver actually supports this device type.
qeth implements its own device matching in qeth_core_probe_device(),
while ctcm and lcs currently have no sanity-checking at all.

Enable ccwgroup drivers to optionally defer the device type checking to
the ccwgroup core, by specifying their supported ccw_driver.
This allows us drop the device type matching from qeth, and improves
the robustness of ctcm and lcs.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-09-29 15:51:30 +02:00
Himanshu Jha
8179c7ba10 s390/sclp: Use setup_timer and mod_timer
Use setup_timer and mod_timer API instead of structure assignments.

This is done using Coccinelle and semantic patch used
for this as follows:

@@
expression x,y,z,a,b;
@@

-init_timer (&x);
+setup_timer (&x, y, z);
+mod_timer (&a, b);
-x.function = y;
-x.data = z;
-x.expires = b;
-add_timer(&a);

Signed-off-by: Himanshu Jha <himanshujha199640@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-09-28 07:29:43 +02:00
Harald Freudenberger
76b3138192 s390/zcrypt: Explicitly check input data length.
The function to prepare MEX type 50 ap messages did
not explicitly check for the data length in case of
data > 512 bytes. Instead the function assumes the
boundary check done in the ioctl function will always
reject requests with invalid data length values.
However, screening just the function code may give the
illusion, that there may be a gap which could be
exploited by userspace for buffer overwrite attacks.

Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-09-28 07:29:43 +02:00
Sebastian Ott
08c6df97d6 s390/cmf: use tod_to_ns()
Instead of open coding tod clock to ns conversions use the timex helper.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-09-28 07:29:43 +02:00
Sebastian Ott
cb09b356cd s390/cmf: avg_utilization
All (but one) cmf related sysfs attributes have been converted to read
directly from the measurement block using cmf_read. This is not
possible for the avg_utilization attribute since this is an aggregation
of several values for which cmf_read only returns average values.

Move the computation of the utilization value to the cmf_read interface
such that it can use the raw data.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-09-28 07:29:42 +02:00
Sebastian Ott
d4d287e81f s390/cmf: read from hw buffer
To ensure data consistency when reading from the channel measurement
block we wait for the subchannel to become idle and copy the whole
block. This is unnecessary when all we do is export the individual
values via sysfs. Read the values for sysfs export directly from
the measurement block.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-09-28 07:29:42 +02:00
Sebastian Ott
81b050b564 s390/cmf: simplify copy_block
cmf_copy_block tries to ensure data consistency by copying the
channel measurement block twice and comparing the data. This was
needed on very old machines only. Nowadays we guarantee
consistency by copying the data when the channel is idle.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-09-28 07:29:42 +02:00
Sebastian Ott
60f3eac3a1 s390/cmf: simplify cmb_copy_wait
No need for refcounting - the data can be on stack. Also change
the locking in this function to only use spin_lock_irq (the
function waits, thus it's never called from IRQ context).

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-09-28 07:29:42 +02:00
Sebastian Ott
eeec1e435f s390/cmf: simplify set_schib_wait
No need for refcounting - the data can be on stack.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-09-28 07:29:41 +02:00
Sebastian Ott
adc69b4d76 s390/cmf: set_schib_wait add timeout
When enabling channel measurement fails with a busy condition we wait
for the next interrupt to arrive before we retry the operation. For
devices which usually don't create interrupts we wait forever.

Although the waiting is done interruptible that behavior is not
expected and confused some users. Abort the operation after a 10s
timeout.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-09-28 07:29:41 +02:00
Jean Delvare
b08e19defc s390/char: fix cdev_add usage
Function cdev_add does set cdev->dev, so there is no point in setting
it prior to calling this function.

Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-09-28 07:29:41 +02:00
David S. Miller
1f8d31d189 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net 2017-09-23 10:16:53 -07:00
Sebastian Ott
55fb734757 s390/cio: recover from bad paths
In some situations we don't receive notification from firmware that
a previously unusable channelpath is usable again.

Schedule recovery for devices that return from path verification
without using all potentially usable paths. The recovery thread will
periodically trigger a path verification on the affected devices.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Suggested-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-09-19 08:36:19 +02:00
Sebastian Ott
c8b8502415 s390/scm_blk: consistently use blk_status_t as error type
Fix these warnings found by sparse:
drivers/s390/block/scm_blk.c:257:24: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
drivers/s390/block/scm_blk.c:257:24:    expected int [signed] <noident>
drivers/s390/block/scm_blk.c:257:24:    got restricted blk_status_t [usertype] error
drivers/s390/block/scm_blk.c:420:33: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different base types)
drivers/s390/block/scm_blk.c:420:33:    expected restricted blk_status_t [usertype] error
drivers/s390/block/scm_blk.c:420:33:    got int [signed] <noident>

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reported-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-09-19 08:36:18 +02:00
Jens Remus
e878c5e600 s390/qeth: tidy up parameter naming for qeth_do_send_packet()
Cppcheck reports the following for drivers/s390/net/qeth_core.h:

    warning - line 1560 - Function 'qeth_do_send_packet' argument order
    different:
    declaration 'card, queue, skb, hdr, hd_len, offset, elements'
    definition  'card, queue, skb, hdr, offset, hd_len, elements_needed'.

Match the naming in the function's declaration against its definition.

Signed-off-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-18 14:41:37 -07:00
Julian Wiedmann
d7aa9d0bb9 s390/qeth: fold VLAN handling into l3_rebuild_skb()
Move the overly complicated VLAN processing from the L3 RX handler into
its l3_rebuild_skb() helper. No change in functionality.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-18 14:41:37 -07:00
Julian Wiedmann
2aa4867198 s390/qeth: translate SETVLAN/DELVLAN errors
Properly return any error encountered during VLAN processing to the
the caller.
Resulting change in behaviour: if SETVLAN fails while registering a
new VLAN ID, the stack no longer creates the corresponding vlan device.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-18 14:41:37 -07:00
Julian Wiedmann
ab25a5014e s390/qeth: simplify L3 sysfs group management
Use the right helpers to create/remove all attribute groups in one go.

Suggested-by: Hans Wippel <hwippel@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-18 14:41:37 -07:00
Julian Wiedmann
7c2e9ba373 s390/qeth: don't take queue lock in send_packet_fast()
Locking the output queue prior to TX is needed on OSA devices,
to synchronize against a packing flush from the TX completion code
(via qeth_check_outbound_queue()).
But send_packet_fast() is only used for IQDs, which don't do packing.
So remove the locking, and apply some easy cleanups.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-18 14:41:37 -07:00
Julian Wiedmann
9627923062 s390/qeth: remove unused code in qdio_establish_cq()
Storing the number of input buffers into 'i' has no effect, it is
immediately re-assigned in the next line.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-18 14:41:37 -07:00
Hans Wippel
349d13d5ab s390/qeth: add VNICC get/set timeout support
HiperSockets allow configuring so called VNIC Characteristics (VNICC)
that influence how the underlying hardware handles packets. For VNICCs,
additional commands for getting and setting timeouts are available.
Currently, the learning VNICC uses these commands.

* Learning VNICC: If learning is enabled on a qeth device, the device
  learns the source MAC addresses of outgoing packets and incoming
  packets to those learned MAC addresses are received.

For learning, the timeout specifies the idle period in seconds, after
which the underlying hardware removes a learned MAC address again.

This patch adds support for the IPA commands that are required to get
and set the current timeout values for the learning VNIC characteristic.
Also, it introduces the sysfs interface that allows users to configure
the timeout.

Signed-off-by: Hans Wippel <hwippel@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-18 14:41:37 -07:00
Hans Wippel
caa1f0b10d s390/qeth: add VNICC enable/disable support
HiperSocket devices allow enabling and disabling so called VNIC
Characteristics (VNICC) that influence how the underlying hardware
handles packets. These VNICCs are:

* Flooding VNICC: Flooding allows specifying if packets to unknown
  destination MAC addresses are received by the qeth device.

* Multicast flooding VNICC: Multicast flooding allows specifying if
  packets to multicast MAC addresses are received by the qeth device.

* Learning VNICC: If learning is enabled on a qeth device, the device
  learns the source MAC addresses of outgoing packets and incoming
  packets to those learned MAC addresses are received.

* Takeover setvmac VNICC: If takeover setvmac is configured on a qeth
  device, the MAC address of this device can be configured on a
  different qeth device with the setvmac IPA command.

* Takeover by learning VNICC: If takeover learning is enabled on a qeth
  device, the MAC address of this device can be learned (learning VNICC)
  on a different qeth device.

* BridgePort invisible VNICC: If BridgePort invisible is enabled on a
  qeth device, (1) packets from this device are not sent to a BridgePort
  enabled qeth device and (2) packets coming from a BridgePort enabled
  qeth device are not received by this device.

* Receive broadcast VNICC: Receive broadcast allows configuring if a
  qeth device receives packets with the broadcast destination MAC
  address.

This patch adds support for the IPA commands that are required to enable
and disable these VNIC characteristics on qeth devices. As a
prerequisite, it also adds the query commands IPA command.

The query commands IPA command allows requesting the supported commands
for each characteristic from the underlying hardware.

Additionally, this patch provides users with a sysfs user interface to
enable/disable the VNICCs mentioned above.

Signed-off-by: Hans Wippel <hwippel@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-18 14:41:37 -07:00
Hans Wippel
a45b3faf16 s390/qeth: add basic VNICC support
VNIC Characteristics (VNICC) are features of HiperSockets that define
how packets are handled by the underlying network hardware. For example,
if the VNICC flooding is configured on a qeth device, ethernet frames to
unknown destination MAC addresses are received.

Currently, there is support for seven VNICCs: flooding, multicast
flooding, receive broadcast, learning, takeover learning, takeover
setvmac, bridge invisible. Also, six IPA commands exist for configuring
VNICCs on a qeth device: query characteristics, query commands, enable
characteristic, disable characteristic, set timeout, get timeout.

This patch adds the basic code infrastructure for VNICC support to qeth.
It allows querying VNICC support from the underlying hardware. To this
end, it adds:

* basic message formats for IPA commands
* basic data structures
* basic error handling
* query characteristics IPA command support

The query characteristics IPA command allows requesting the currently
supported and currently enabled VNIC characteristics from the underlying
hardware.

Support for the other IPA commands and for the configuration of VNICCs
is added in follow-up patches together with the respective user
interface functions.

Signed-off-by: Hans Wippel <hwippel@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-18 14:41:37 -07:00
Stefan Haberland
673514aff5 s390/dasd: fix race during dasd initialization
Fix a panic in blk_mq_hctx_has_pending() that is caused by a racy call to
blk_mq_run_hw_queues in a dasd function that might get called with the
request queue not yet initialized during initialization.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-09-13 16:34:23 +02:00
Linus Torvalds
260d16580d Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/s390/linux
Pull more s390 updates from Martin Schwidefsky:
 "The second patch set for the 4.14 merge window:

   - Convert the dasd device driver to the blk-mq interface.

   - Provide three zcrypt interfaces for vfio_ap. These will be required
     for KVM guest access to the crypto cards attached via the AP bus.

   - A couple of memory management bug fixes."

* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/s390/linux:
  s390/dasd: blk-mq conversion
  s390/mm: use a single lock for the fields in mm_context_t
  s390/mm: fix race on mm->context.flush_mm
  s390/mm: fix local TLB flushing vs. detach of an mm address space
  s390/zcrypt: externalize AP queue interrupt control
  s390/zcrypt: externalize AP config info query
  s390/zcrypt: externalize test AP queue
  s390/mm: use VM_BUG_ON in crst_table_[upgrade|downgrade]
2017-09-12 06:01:59 -07:00
Stefan Haberland
e443343e50 s390/dasd: blk-mq conversion
Use new blk-mq interfaces. Use multiple queues and also use the block
layer complete helper that finish the IO on the CPU that initiated it.

Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-09-08 15:31:08 +02:00
Linus Torvalds
572c01ba19 SCSI misc on 20170907
This is mostly updates of the usual suspects: lpfc, qla2xxx, hisi_sas, megaraid_sas, zfcp and a host of minor updates.
 
 The major driver change here is the elimination of the block based
 cciss driver in favour of the SCSI based hpsa driver (which now drives
 all the legacy cases cciss used to be required for).  Plus a reset
 handler clean up and the redo of the SAS SMP handler to use bsg lib.
 
 Signed-off-by: James E.J. Bottomley <jejb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v2
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJZscDNAAoJEAVr7HOZEZN4DWIQAK/UkkrvKpV/jLATM/yi7CoL
 QidY86Hmwwl7A9HQ+2fjLfAsye0xcCzRwkucKK90IP5b4pefHhiJJfiMKAAe3TUW
 xstnY5z5jaOhDG4nyJFoSm5fH5qXkMnJ8NZRK8f6Qg5yBN5dStEKqoBboNsz4KBI
 md7idw0mbp5i2GXlJwSpc5eDS97GiPL6WkwgGaGKfXF1NDau0GbEdjijfz55haCD
 pMhY7WJh/71RfOq/1ThXT1Z3khOlVcKXrkdO+602n7zh/klRBRtBC8m2a6xCfZPj
 n7Pb/s0jhCQPd+e/Xtv7WEbY8uNOCrGoVgZ6U5EGrT5IeTfep24ackYqerjMhE63
 esi4BJY8lUP9SGleLMgjYWyCHdmxBJRa7UI614DWN/H0QoGP6j/2EzGoi5Fw04vC
 H8/+aqPPWZc9KUBioRYo8xWO8YgMqL2eyXY+Tc9cwxqAe2T6k/NC1zJVgDFKXfzb
 QoWW4v9NNmYwf5vL/7tNgkeTMFQV66yUR7dR3SGTSk8UIrJ40ok0JyUAsDg86ZAH
 BfMkWwhWQ6Byoel0Y7Ti88T49Cox/64r/I0ux06Qgg99+KpRLT7z20+GLIEHgXxg
 116C39rgvYKqzc7W8RCyj8qSROuMVzg6QFbB6n+1PEsYIX2O8A2Re3jdS34q2LbX
 aBDm/Lfdl4kkJrV9xY6P
 =nQUG
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'scsi-misc' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi

Pull SCSI updates from James Bottomley:
 "This is mostly updates of the usual suspects: lpfc, qla2xxx, hisi_sas,
  megaraid_sas, zfcp and a host of minor updates.

  The major driver change here is the elimination of the block based
  cciss driver in favour of the SCSI based hpsa driver (which now drives
  all the legacy cases cciss used to be required for). Plus a reset
  handler clean up and the redo of the SAS SMP handler to use bsg lib"

* tag 'scsi-misc' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi: (279 commits)
  scsi: scsi-mq: Always unprepare before requeuing a request
  scsi: Show .retries and .jiffies_at_alloc in debugfs
  scsi: Improve requeuing behavior
  scsi: Call scsi_initialize_rq() for filesystem requests
  scsi: qla2xxx: Reset the logo flag, after target re-login.
  scsi: qla2xxx: Fix slow mem alloc behind lock
  scsi: qla2xxx: Clear fc4f_nvme flag
  scsi: qla2xxx: add missing includes for qla_isr
  scsi: qla2xxx: Fix an integer overflow in sysfs code
  scsi: aacraid: report -ENOMEM to upper layer from aac_convert_sgraw2()
  scsi: aacraid: get rid of one level of indentation
  scsi: aacraid: fix indentation errors
  scsi: storvsc: fix memory leak on ring buffer busy
  scsi: scsi_transport_sas: switch to bsg-lib for SMP passthrough
  scsi: smartpqi: remove the smp_handler stub
  scsi: hpsa: remove the smp_handler stub
  scsi: bsg-lib: pass the release callback through bsg_setup_queue
  scsi: Rework handling of scsi_device.vpd_pg8[03]
  scsi: Rework the code for caching Vital Product Data (VPD)
  scsi: rcu: Introduce rcu_swap_protected()
  ...
2017-09-07 21:11:05 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
a0725ab0c7 Merge branch 'for-4.14/block' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-block
Pull block layer updates from Jens Axboe:
 "This is the first pull request for 4.14, containing most of the code
  changes. It's a quiet series this round, which I think we needed after
  the churn of the last few series. This contains:

   - Fix for a registration race in loop, from Anton Volkov.

   - Overflow complaint fix from Arnd for DAC960.

   - Series of drbd changes from the usual suspects.

   - Conversion of the stec/skd driver to blk-mq. From Bart.

   - A few BFQ improvements/fixes from Paolo.

   - CFQ improvement from Ritesh, allowing idling for group idle.

   - A few fixes found by Dan's smatch, courtesy of Dan.

   - A warning fixup for a race between changing the IO scheduler and
     device remova. From David Jeffery.

   - A few nbd fixes from Josef.

   - Support for cgroup info in blktrace, from Shaohua.

   - Also from Shaohua, new features in the null_blk driver to allow it
     to actually hold data, among other things.

   - Various corner cases and error handling fixes from Weiping Zhang.

   - Improvements to the IO stats tracking for blk-mq from me. Can
     drastically improve performance for fast devices and/or big
     machines.

   - Series from Christoph removing bi_bdev as being needed for IO
     submission, in preparation for nvme multipathing code.

   - Series from Bart, including various cleanups and fixes for switch
     fall through case complaints"

* 'for-4.14/block' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-block: (162 commits)
  kernfs: checking for IS_ERR() instead of NULL
  drbd: remove BIOSET_NEED_RESCUER flag from drbd_{md_,}io_bio_set
  drbd: Fix allyesconfig build, fix recent commit
  drbd: switch from kmalloc() to kmalloc_array()
  drbd: abort drbd_start_resync if there is no connection
  drbd: move global variables to drbd namespace and make some static
  drbd: rename "usermode_helper" to "drbd_usermode_helper"
  drbd: fix race between handshake and admin disconnect/down
  drbd: fix potential deadlock when trying to detach during handshake
  drbd: A single dot should be put into a sequence.
  drbd: fix rmmod cleanup, remove _all_ debugfs entries
  drbd: Use setup_timer() instead of init_timer() to simplify the code.
  drbd: fix potential get_ldev/put_ldev refcount imbalance during attach
  drbd: new disk-option disable-write-same
  drbd: Fix resource role for newly created resources in events2
  drbd: mark symbols static where possible
  drbd: Send P_NEG_ACK upon write error in protocol != C
  drbd: add explicit plugging when submitting batches
  drbd: change list_for_each_safe to while(list_first_entry_or_null)
  drbd: introduce drbd_recv_header_maybe_unplug
  ...
2017-09-07 11:59:42 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
aae3dbb477 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next
Pull networking updates from David Miller:

 1) Support ipv6 checksum offload in sunvnet driver, from Shannon
    Nelson.

 2) Move to RB-tree instead of custom AVL code in inetpeer, from Eric
    Dumazet.

 3) Allow generic XDP to work on virtual devices, from John Fastabend.

 4) Add bpf device maps and XDP_REDIRECT, which can be used to build
    arbitrary switching frameworks using XDP. From John Fastabend.

 5) Remove UFO offloads from the tree, gave us little other than bugs.

 6) Remove the IPSEC flow cache, from Florian Westphal.

 7) Support ipv6 route offload in mlxsw driver.

 8) Support VF representors in bnxt_en, from Sathya Perla.

 9) Add support for forward error correction modes to ethtool, from
    Vidya Sagar Ravipati.

10) Add time filter for packet scheduler action dumping, from Jamal Hadi
    Salim.

11) Extend the zerocopy sendmsg() used by virtio and tap to regular
    sockets via MSG_ZEROCOPY. From Willem de Bruijn.

12) Significantly rework value tracking in the BPF verifier, from Edward
    Cree.

13) Add new jump instructions to eBPF, from Daniel Borkmann.

14) Rework rtnetlink plumbing so that operations can be run without
    taking the RTNL semaphore. From Florian Westphal.

15) Support XDP in tap driver, from Jason Wang.

16) Add 32-bit eBPF JIT for ARM, from Shubham Bansal.

17) Add Huawei hinic ethernet driver.

18) Allow to report MD5 keys in TCP inet_diag dumps, from Ivan
    Delalande.

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1780 commits)
  i40e: point wb_desc at the nvm_wb_desc during i40e_read_nvm_aq
  i40e: avoid NVM acquire deadlock during NVM update
  drivers: net: xgene: Remove return statement from void function
  drivers: net: xgene: Configure tx/rx delay for ACPI
  drivers: net: xgene: Read tx/rx delay for ACPI
  rocker: fix kcalloc parameter order
  rds: Fix non-atomic operation on shared flag variable
  net: sched: don't use GFP_KERNEL under spin lock
  vhost_net: correctly check tx avail during rx busy polling
  net: mdio-mux: add mdio_mux parameter to mdio_mux_init()
  rxrpc: Make service connection lookup always check for retry
  net: stmmac: Delete dead code for MDIO registration
  gianfar: Fix Tx flow control deactivation
  cxgb4: Ignore MPS_TX_INT_CAUSE[Bubble] for T6
  cxgb4: Fix pause frame count in t4_get_port_stats
  cxgb4: fix memory leak
  tun: rename generic_xdp to skb_xdp
  tun: reserve extra headroom only when XDP is set
  net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Configure IMP port TC2QOS mapping
  net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Advertise number of egress queues
  ...
2017-09-06 14:45:08 -07:00
Harald Freudenberger
46fde9a9d2 s390/zcrypt: externalize AP queue interrupt control
KVM has a need to control the interrupts on real and virtualized
AP queue devices. This fix provides a new function to control
the interrupt facilities of an AP queue device.

Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-09-06 09:24:42 +02:00
Harald Freudenberger
050349b5b7 s390/zcrypt: externalize AP config info query
KVM has a need to fetch the crypto configuration information
as it is returned by the PQAP(QCI) instruction. This patch
introduces a new API ap_query_configuration() which provides
this info in a handy way for the caller.

Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-09-06 09:24:42 +02:00
Tony Krowiak
e7fc5146cf s390/zcrypt: externalize test AP queue
Under certain specified conditions, the Test AP Queue (TAPQ)
subfunction of the Process Adjunct Processor Queue (PQAP) instruction
will be intercepted by a guest VM. The guest VM must have a means for
executing the intercepted instruction.

The vfio_ap driver will provide an interface to execute the
PQAP(TAPQ) instruction subfunction on behalf of a guest VM.
The code for executing the AP instructions currently resides in the
AP bus. This patch refactors the AP bus code to externalize access
to the PQAP(TAPQ) instruction subfunction to make it available to
the vfio_ap driver.

Signed-off-by: Tony Krowiak <akrowiak@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-09-06 09:24:42 +02:00
Linus Torvalds
9e85ae6af6 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/s390/linux
Pull s390 updates from Martin Schwidefsky:
 "The first part of the s390 updates for 4.14:

   - Add machine type 0x3906 for IBM z14

   - Add IBM z14 TLB flushing improvements for KVM guests

   - Exploit the TOD clock epoch extension to provide a continuous TOD
     clock afer 2042/09/17

   - Add NIAI spinlock hints for IBM z14

   - Rework the vmcp driver and use CMA for the respone buffer of z/VM
     CP commands

   - Drop some s390 specific asm headers and use the generic version

   - Add block discard for DASD-FBA devices under z/VM

   - Add average request times to DASD statistics

   - A few of those constify patches which seem to be in vogue right now

   - Cleanup and bug fixes"

* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/s390/linux: (50 commits)
  s390/mm: avoid empty zero pages for KVM guests to avoid postcopy hangs
  s390/dasd: Add discard support for FBA devices
  s390/zcrypt: make CPRBX const
  s390/uaccess: avoid mvcos jump label
  s390/mm: use generic mm_hooks
  s390/facilities: fix typo
  s390/vmcp: simplify vmcp_response_free()
  s390/topology: Remove the unused parent_node() macro
  s390/dasd: Change unsigned long long to unsigned long
  s390/smp: convert cpuhp_setup_state() return code to zero on success
  s390: fix 'novx' early parameter handling
  s390/dasd: add average request times to dasd statistics
  s390/scm: use common completion path
  s390/pci: log changes to uid checking
  s390/vmcp: simplify vmcp_ioctl()
  s390/vmcp: return -ENOTTY for unknown ioctl commands
  s390/vmcp: split vmcp header file and move to uapi
  s390/vmcp: make use of contiguous memory allocator
  s390/cpcmd,vmcp: avoid GFP_DMA allocations
  s390/vmcp: fix uaccess check and avoid undefined behavior
  ...
2017-09-05 09:45:46 -07:00
David S. Miller
6026e043d0 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Three cases of simple overlapping changes.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-01 17:42:05 -07:00
Martin Schwidefsky
0fdd49ad1b A bugfix in the ccw translation code.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJZdiEwAAoJEN7Pa5PG8C+vPooQAJBpWITzls7r4vBpamg/24Ec
 VnVClfQte/sfpBzP18R9h7HeC9g9gFHTjmZ6hQMg386wIumnvESAx3moVG3gTGsV
 FBpTgAwb1s0m/x4nuVVxoHOi9RMqThldUhVrOo5o6DnqabMlkb0A7xYVByZBfQEp
 vaenzOTtRMltUADu7gWIjw4+tz35r4S5/l/WGqbGp6HYHbNwD8brfv7P8dPZ4u9l
 EMxzg47zeVeEb9WLA9fGUX2iO9wqOgHjPcuzO3Uua8rAsmR0MUBmYPGvRHN78MUr
 LD7qsCsmAmmYHPoopjG8o4R+PjkUNnBdvqKmLJYnEAP1wGOWQIiEWFg0+YAVtuvt
 8E0/Rx40DFXQfYB4hu3FoeGupksJ85ID07/0dzozWK0zqeMjo05IGoQHJoGDlTJy
 SUMhGPGXRReDKBJT3k1jUbAtHRK1WLukXTcOdSQNBXOuU3zDx9gYndLEDopoWu4R
 +rCrb38ekC5G/PtEPQsQrf+JXy+mwXOEv2k1OAFJ4jdh0oAZwdGTShWf0/431Kd0
 siSXCKJ2l1aIN3IonwTTF9S/6bEXCxGuTKfR7ANmZ3FVsIfQo9ej8N50iGC0JZ/b
 XCITkl8DlsM5o9R91wCsIuhO8+5SjtwjA3iMYAAfNLtekIrAniuwulf5nGFi0tA+
 in8srHJGUQZMaO57Caox
 =CQfQ
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'vfio-ccw-20170724' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvms390/vfio-ccw into fixes

Pull vfio-ccw fix from Cornelia Huck:
"A bugfix in the ccw translation code."
2017-08-31 14:05:20 +02:00
Jan Höppner
28b841b3a7 s390/dasd: Add discard support for FBA devices
The z/VM hypervisor provides virtual disks (VDISK) which are backed by
main memory of the hypervisor. Those devices are seen as DASD FBA disks
within the Linux guest.

Whenever data is written to such a device, memory is allocated
on-the-fly by z/VM accordingly. This memory, however, is not being freed
if data on the device is deleted by the guest OS.

In order to make memory usable after deletion again, add discard support
to the FBA discipline.

While at it, update comments regarding the DASD_FEATURE_* flags.

Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-08-29 16:31:26 +02:00
Bhumika Goyal
8b94dd9e0d s390/zcrypt: make CPRBX const
Make this const as it is only used in a copy operation.

Signed-off-by: Bhumika Goyal <bhumirks@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-08-29 16:31:25 +02:00
Heiko Carstens
eb304e800d s390/vmcp: simplify vmcp_response_free()
Get rid of the goto and "out" label within vmcp_response_free() which
I added. This just makes the code harder to read than necessary.

Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-08-29 16:29:02 +02:00
Christoph Hellwig
74d46992e0 block: replace bi_bdev with a gendisk pointer and partitions index
This way we don't need a block_device structure to submit I/O.  The
block_device has different life time rules from the gendisk and
request_queue and is usually only available when the block device node
is open.  Other callers need to explicitly create one (e.g. the lightnvm
passthrough code, or the new nvme multipathing code).

For the actual I/O path all that we need is the gendisk, which exists
once per block device.  But given that the block layer also does
partition remapping we additionally need a partition index, which is
used for said remapping in generic_make_request.

Note that all the block drivers generally want request_queue or
sometimes the gendisk, so this removes a layer of indirection all
over the stack.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-08-23 12:49:55 -06:00
Jan Höppner
7bf76f0169 s390/dasd: Change unsigned long long to unsigned long
Unsigned long long and unsigned long were different in size for 31-bit.
For 64-bit the size for both datatypes is 8 Bytes and since the support
for 31-bit is long gone we can clean up a little and change everything
to unsigned long.
Change get_phys_clock() along the way to accept unsigned long as well so
that the DASD code can be consistent.

Acked-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-08-23 13:31:51 +02:00
Stefan Haberland
d2907225cf s390/dasd: add average request times to dasd statistics
Add average times to the DASD statistics interface.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2017-08-23 13:31:46 +02:00
Julian Wiedmann
0d6f02d375 s390/qeth: use skb_cow_head() for L2 OSA xmit
Taking a full copy via skb_realloc_headroom() on every xmit is overkill
and wastes CPU time; all we actually need is to push on the qeth_hdr.
So rework the L2 OSA TX path to avoid the copy.
Minor complications arise because struct qeth_hdr must not cross a page
boundary. So add a new helper qeth_push_hdr() that catches this, and
falls back to the hdr cache that we already use for IQDs.

This change uncovered that qeth's TX completion takes rather long.
Now that we no longer free the original skb straight away and thus call
skb->destructor later than before, throughput regresses significantly.
For now, restore old behaviour by adding an explicit skb_orphan(),
and a big TODO to improve the TX completion time.

Tested-by: Nils Hoppmann <niho@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-18 10:21:30 -07:00
Julian Wiedmann
eaf3cc087f s390/qeth: unify code to build header elements
After plenty of refactoring, use hd_len as single indication that
the skb needs a dedicated header element.

This preserves existing behaviour for TSO, as 'hdr' always points
to skb->data.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-18 10:21:30 -07:00
Julian Wiedmann
f1588177b2 s390/qeth: pass full IQD header length to fill_buffer()
This is a prerequisite for unifying the code to build header elements.
The TSO header has a different size, so we can no longer rely on implicitly
adding the size of a normal qeth_hdr.

No functional change.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-18 10:21:30 -07:00
Julian Wiedmann
9c3bfda999 s390/qeth: pass TSO data offset to fill_buffer()
For TSO we need to skip the skb's qeth/IP/TCP headers when mapping
it into buffer elements. Instead of (mis)using skb_pull(), pass a
corresponding offset to fill_buffer() like we already do for IQDs.

No actual change in the resulting TSO buffers.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-18 10:21:30 -07:00
Julian Wiedmann
13ddacb526 s390/qeth: pass TSO header length to fill_buffer()
The TSO code already calculates the length of its header element,
no need to duplicate this in the low-level code again.

Use this opportunity to make hd_len unsigned, and for TSO match
its calculation to what tso_fill_header() does.

No functional change.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-18 10:21:30 -07:00
Julian Wiedmann
ae79fe03ae s390/qeth: pass full data length to l2_fill_header()
For IQD we already need to fix up the qeth_hdr's length field, and
future changes will require more flexibility for OSA as well. The
device-specific path knows best what header length it requires, so just
pass it from there.
While at it, remove the unused qeth_card parameter.

No functional change.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-18 10:21:30 -07:00
Julian Wiedmann
7286384bcf s390/qeth: split L2 xmit paths
l2_hard_start_xmit() actually doesn't contain much shared code,
and having device-specific paths makes isolated changes a lot easier.
So split it into three routines for IQD, OSN and OSD/OSM/OSX.

No functional change.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-18 10:21:30 -07:00
Kittipon Meesompop
cb816192d9 s390/qeth: fix using of ref counter for rxip addresses
IP-address setting and removal are delayed when the device is not yet in
state SOFTSETUP or UP. ref_counter has been implemented only for
ip-address with type normal. In this patch ref_counter logic is also used
for ip-address with type rxip to allow appropriate handling of multiple
postponed rxip add and del calls.

Signed-off-by: Kittipon Meesompop <kmeesomp@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-15 10:58:40 -07:00
Kittipon Meesompop
ea4ae35a82 s390/qeth: fix trace-messages for deleting rxip addresses
change trace-messages:
- from addrxip4 to delrxip4
- from addrxip6 to delrxip6

Signed-off-by: Kittipon Meesompop <kmeesomp@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-15 10:58:40 -07:00
Kittipon Meesompop
aa9bea0b08 s390/qeth: reject multicast rxip addresses
There exist different commands to add unicast and multicast addresses on
the OSA card. rxip addresses are always set as unicast addresses and
thus just unicast addresses should be allowed.

Adding a multicast address now fails and a grace message is generated.

Signed-off-by: Kittipon Meesompop <kmeesomp@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-15 10:58:40 -07:00
Julian Wiedmann
d65626ad7c s390/qeth: extract bridgeport cmd builder
Consolidation of duplicated code, no functional change.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-15 10:58:40 -07:00
Julian Wiedmann
cef6ff2202 s390/net: reduce inlining
Clean up the inline cruft in s390 net drivers. Many of the inlined
functions had only one caller anyway.

Suggested-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-15 10:58:40 -07:00
Julian Wiedmann
f8eb49306d s390/qeth: make more use of skb API
Replace some open-coded parts with their proper API calls.

Also remove two skb_[re]set_mac_header() calls in the L2
xmit paths that are clearly no longer required, since at least
commit 6d1ccff627 ("net: reset mac header in dev_start_xmit()").

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-15 10:58:40 -07:00
Julian Wiedmann
cc309f83d1 s390/qeth: clean up fill_buffer() offset logic
For some xmit paths we pass down a data offset to qeth_fill_buffer(),
to indicate that the first k bytes of the skb should be skipped when
mapping it into buffer elements.
Commit acd9776b5c ("s390/qeth: no ETH header for outbound AF_IUCV")
recently switched the offset for the IUCV-over-HiperSockets path
from 0 to ETH_HLEN, and now we have

	device	offset
	OSA	= 0
	IQD	> 0

for all xmit paths.

OSA would previously pass down -1 from do_send_packet(), to distinguish
between 1) OSA and 2) IQD with offset 0. That's no longer needed now,
so have it pass 0, make the offset unsigned and clean up how we apply
the offset in __qeth_fill_buffer().

No change of behaviour for any of our current xmit paths.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-15 10:58:39 -07:00
Julian Wiedmann
384d2ef145 s390/qeth: straighten out fill_buffer() interface
1. for adjusting the buffer's next_element_to_fill in __fill_buffer(),
   just pass the full qeth_qdio_out_buffer struct
2. when adding a header element, be consistent about passing
   a hint ('is_first_elem') to __fill_buffer()

No functional change.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-15 10:58:39 -07:00
Julian Wiedmann
5258830bf6 s390/qeth: simplify fragment type selection
Improve readability of the code that determines a buffer element's
fragment type, and reduce the number of cases down from 5 to 3.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-15 10:58:39 -07:00
Julian Wiedmann
699d3fe537 s390/qeth: remove extra L3 adapterparms query
qeth_l3_setadapter_parms() queries the device for supported
adapterparms, even though they already have been queried as part of the
device's high-level setup. Remove that extra call.

The only call chain for qeth_l3_setadapter_parms() is
__qeth_l3_set_online()
	qeth_core_hardsetup_card()
		qeth_query_setadapterparms()
	qeth_l3_setadapter_parms()
		qeth_query_setadapterparms()

, and we only reach qeth_l3_setadapter_parms() if the first
adapterparms query succeeds. Hence removing the second query results in
no loss of functionality.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-15 10:58:39 -07:00
Julian Wiedmann
7b1115bbb7 s390/qeth: remove extra L2 adapterparms query
qeth_l2_request_initial_mac() queries the device for its supported
adapterparms, even though they already have been queried as part of the
device's high-level setup. Remove that extra call.

The only call chain for qeth_l2_request_initial_mac() is
__qeth_l2_set_online()
	qeth_core_hardsetup_card()
		qeth_query_setadapterparms()
	qeth_l2_setup_netdev()
		qeth_l2_request_initial_mac()
			qeth_query_setadapterparms()

, and we only reach qeth_l2_request_initial_mac() if the first
adapterparms query succeeds. Hence removing the second query results in
no loss of functionality.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-15 10:58:39 -07:00
Julian Wiedmann
886e1974dc s390/qeth: don't access skb after transmission
After transmitting a skb via send_packet[_fast](), the statistics
code accesses the skb once more to account for transmitted page frags.
This has a (theoretical?) race against the TX completion - if the TX
completion is processed and frees the skb before hard_start_xmit()
gets to the statistics part, we access random memory.

Fix this by caching the # of page frags, before the skb is transmitted.

Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-15 10:58:39 -07:00
Martin Peschke
f32c9e03d4 scsi: zfcp: early returns for traces disabled via level
This patch adds early checks to avoid burning CPU cycles on
the assembly of trace entries which would be skipped anyway.

Introduce a static const variable to keep the trace level to check with
debug_level_enabled() in sync with the actual trace emit with
debug_event(). In order not to refactor the SAN tracing too much,
simply use a define instead.

This change is only for the non / semi hot paths,
while the actual (I/O) hot path was already improved earlier:
zfcp_dbf_scsi() is already guarded by its only caller _zfcp_dbf_scsi()
since commit dcd20e2316 ("[SCSI] zfcp: Only collect SCSI debug data for
matching trace levels").
zfcp_dbf_hba_fsf_res() is already guarded by its only caller
zfcp_dbf_hba_fsf_response() since commit 2e261af84c ("[SCSI] zfcp: Only
collect FSF/HBA debug data for matching trace levels").

Signed-off-by: Martin Peschke <mpeschke@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
[maier@linux.vnet.ibm.com: rebase, reword, default level 3 branch prediction]
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
2017-08-10 19:37:03 -04:00
Martin Peschke
b096ef863e scsi: zfcp: clean up unnecessary module_param_named() with no_auto_port_rescan
Improves commit 43f60cbd56 ("[SCSI] zfcp: No automatic port_rescan on
events")

Signed-off-by: Martin Peschke <mpeschke@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
[maier@linux.vnet.ibm.com: reword, underscore in description to match sysfs]
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
2017-08-10 19:37:03 -04:00